JUNIPER NETWORKS INC
S-1/A, 1999-06-04
COMPUTER COMMUNICATIONS EQUIPMENT
Previous: DLJ COMMERCIAL MORTGAGE CORP, 424B5, 1999-06-04
Next: FT 226, 497J, 1999-06-04



<PAGE>   1


      AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 4, 1999


                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-76681
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------


                                AMENDMENT NO. 2

                                       TO

                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>                                  <C>
              DELAWARE                               3661                              77-042528
  (STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION OF        (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL               (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
   INCORPORATION OR ORGANIZATION)        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)             IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>

                              385 RAVENDALE DRIVE
                        MOUNTAIN VIEW, CALIFORNIA 94043
                                 (650) 526-8000
  (ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE, OF
                   REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------

                                  SCOTT KRIENS
                     PRESIDENT AND CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
                              385 RAVENDALE DRIVE
                        MOUNTAIN VIEW, CALIFORNIA 94043
                                 (650) 526-8000
 (NAME, ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER, INCLUDING AREA CODE,
                             OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>
                   LARRY W. SONSINI                                        NORA L. GIBSON
                 JUDITH MAYER O'BRIEN                                    TAMARA L. TOMPKINS
                    BRUCE MCNAMARA                                          ELISA S. LEE
                   W. BRIAN KINARD                                 BROBECK PHLEGER & HARRISON LLP
           WILSON SONSINI GOODRICH & ROSATI                                  ONE MARKET
               PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION                                  SPEAR STREET TOWER
                  650 PAGE MILL ROAD                              SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA 94105
           PALO ALTO, CALIFORNIA 94304-1050                                (415) 442-0900
                    (650) 493-9300
</TABLE>


                            ------------------------

APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
                            ------------------------
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a
delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, check the following box.  [ ]

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant
to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list
the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration
statement for the same offering.  [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under
the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering.  [ ]

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box.  [ ]
                            ------------------------

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

<TABLE>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                     PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM
            TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF                 AMOUNT TO BE       OFFERING PRICE         AGGREGATE            AMOUNT OF
          SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED              REGISTERED(1)       PER UNIT(2)         OFFERING PRICE    REGISTRATION FEE(3)
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                              <C>               <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Common Stock ($.00001 par value)...............      5,520,000            $23.00            $126,960,000           $35,295
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>



(1) Includes 720,000 shares of common stock which the Underwriters have the
    option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.



(2) Estimated solely for the purpose determining the registration fee pursuant
    to Rule 457(a) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



(3) $19,460 of this fee has been paid previously.

                            ------------------------

    THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(a) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
SHALL BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION,
ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(a), MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2

THE INFORMATION IN THIS PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED. THESE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE SOLD UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED
WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS PRELIMINARY
PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL NOR DOES IT SEEK AN OFFER TO BUY THESE
SECURITIES IN ANY JURISDICTION WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.


                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION. DATED JUNE 4, 1999.



                                4,800,000 Shares

                                 [Juniper logo]

                                  Common Stock


                             ----------------------


     This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Juniper
Networks, Inc. Juniper Networks is offering 2,000,000 shares to be sold in this
offering. The selling stockholders identified on page 61 of this prospectus are
offering an additional 2,800,000 shares. Juniper Networks will not receive any
of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.



     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the common
stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per
share will be between $21.00 and $23.00. Application has been made for quotation
of the common stock on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "JNPR".



     See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 6 to read about certain factors you
should consider before buying shares of the common stock.


                             ----------------------

     NEITHER THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION NOR ANY OTHER REGULATORY
BODY HAS APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED OF THESE SECURITIES OR PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL
OFFENSE.

                             ----------------------

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Per Share
                                                              ---------    Total
<S>                                                           <C>          <C>
Initial public offering price...............................  $            $
Underwriting discount.......................................  $            $
Proceeds, before expenses, to Juniper Networks..............  $            $
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders......  $            $
</TABLE>


     The underwriters may, under certain circumstances, purchase up to an
additional 98,071 shares from us and 621,929 shares from one of the selling
stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting
discount.


                             ----------------------


     The underwriters expect to deliver the shares in New York, New York on or
about           , 1999.


GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.
                 CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

                                  BANCBOSTON ROBERTSON STEPHENS

                                                DAIN RAUSCHER WESSELS
                                                 A  DIVISION  OF  DAIN  RAUSCHER
                                                          INCORPORATED
                             ----------------------

                    Prospectus dated                , 1999.
<PAGE>   3




                               [Inside Cover Art]



<PAGE>   4

                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY


     You should read the following summary together with the more detailed
information regarding Juniper Networks, the common stock being sold in this
offering and our consolidated financial statements, including the notes to those
statements, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless otherwise indicated,
this prospectus assumes:



- - the conversion of our outstanding preferred stock into common stock upon the
  closing of this offering; and



- - that the underwriters do not exercise the option granted by us and a selling
  stockholder to purchase additional shares in this offering.


                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.


      We are a leading provider of Internet infrastructure solutions that enable
Internet service providers and other telecommunications service providers
(collectively, service providers) to meet the demands resulting from the rapid
growth of the Internet. We deliver next generation Internet backbone routers
that are specifically designed, or purpose-built, for service provider networks
and offer our customers increased reliability, performance, scalability,
interoperability and flexibility, and reduced complexity and cost compared to
current alternatives. Our flagship product is the M40 Internet backbone router.
The M40 combines the features of our JUNOS Internet Software, high performance
application specific integrated circuits, or ASICs, based packet forwarding
technology and Internet optimized architecture into a purpose-built solution for
service providers. Unlike conventional routers, which were originally developed
for enterprise applications and are increasingly inadequate for service provider
use in public networks, our Internet backbone routers are specifically designed
to accommodate the size and scope of the Internet.



      We sell our Internet backbone routers primarily through a direct sales
force and an original equipment manufacturer. Our M40 Internet backbone router
is currently used by several of the world's leading service providers, such as
UUNet, an MCI WorldCom Company, Cable & Wireless USA, IBM Global Services (which
has been acquired by AT&T Corp.), Frontier GlobalCenter Inc. and Verio Inc.


      We believe that the Internet will continue to grow at significant rates
and will evolve into the next generation public network, superseding and
expanding upon many of the functions provided by the traditional telephone
network. This trend will drive the need for new Internet infrastructure
equipment that can deliver the high levels of reliability and scalability needed
in a public network. We believe we have developed the first commercially
available Internet backbone routing platform specifically designed and built to
meet these requirements. Ryan Hankin Kent, an industry research firm, estimates
that the market for Internet backbone routers was $169 million in 1998 and is
expected to increase to approximately $5.5 billion in 2003.

      Our objective is to become the primary supplier of high performance
Internet backbone infrastructure equipment. The following are key elements of
our strategy:


- - leverage our early lead as supplier of purpose-built Internet infrastructure
  equipment;



- - work closely with our key customers;



- - increase our penetration in major service providers;



- - leverage our early successes to rapidly penetrate new customers;



- - expand our sales and distribution network;



- - maintain and extend our technology leadership; and



- - enable new IP-based services.

<PAGE>   5


      Our principal executive offices are located at 385 Ravendale Drive,
Mountain View, California 94043, and our telephone number is (650) 526-8000.
Juniper Networks, the Juniper Networks logo and M40 are trademarks of Juniper
Networks. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company
appearing in this prospectus belongs to its holder. Information contained on our
website, www.juniper.net, does not constitute part of the prospectus. We were
incorporated in the State of California in February 1996. We reincorporated in
the State of Delaware in March 1998.


                                  THE OFFERING


     The following information assumes that the underwriters do not exercise the
option granted by us and the selling stockholders listed on page 61 under the
caption "Principal and Selling Stockholders" to purchase additional shares in
this offering. See "Underwriting."

                             ----------------------


<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Shares offered by Juniper Networks......................  2,000,000 shares
Shares offered by the selling stockholders..............  2,800,000 shares
Shares to be outstanding after the offering(1)..........  49,400,209 shares
Use of proceeds.........................................  For general corporate purposes,
                                                          principally working capital and capital
                                                          expenditures.
Proposed Nasdaq National Market symbol..................  "JNPR"
</TABLE>


- ---------------


(1) Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 1999. It excludes:



     - 19,187,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended
       1996 Stock Plan (including the 3,000,000 shares reserved for issuance on
       April 19, 1999), of which 4,291,564 shares were subject to outstanding
       options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.53 per share, and
       4,813,669 shares were available for future grants;



     - 262,910 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
       warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $1.65 per share; and



     - 500,000 shares available for issuance under our 1999 Employee Stock
       Purchase Plan. See "Capitalization," "Management -- Incentive Stock
       Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and Notes 5, 6 and 10 to the
       Consolidated Financial Statements.

<PAGE>   6

                   SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                PERIOD FROM                                THREE MONTHS
                                 INCEPTION            YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                             (FEBRUARY 2, 1996)      DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                              TO DECEMBER 31,     -------------------   ------------------
                                    1996            1997       1998      1998       1999
                             ------------------   --------   --------   -------   --------
                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                          <C>                  <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF
  OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues...............       $    --         $     --   $  3,807   $    --   $ 10,044
Operating loss.............        (1,939)         (11,598)   (32,270)   (4,411)    (6,767)
Net loss...................        (1,799)         (10,363)   (30,971)   (3,905)    (6,675)
</TABLE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   MARCH 31, 1999
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                              AS
                                                              ACTUAL     ADJUSTED(1)
                                                              -------   --------------
                                                                    (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments...........  $49,449      $89,269
Working capital.............................................   41,756       81,576
Total assets................................................   67,125      106,945
Long-term obligations, less current portion.................    2,834        2,834
Stockholders' equity........................................   47,135       86,955
</TABLE>


- ---------------


(1) The consolidated balance sheet data at March 31, 1999, as adjusted, gives
    effect to the sale of the shares at an assumed initial public offering price
    of $22.00, after deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering
    expenses payable by us.


                                        5
<PAGE>   7

                                  RISK FACTORS

     You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an
investment decision. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the
only ones facing our company. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently
known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business
operations.

     If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial
condition and results of operations could be seriously harmed. In such case, the
trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of
your investment

     OUR FAILURE TO INCREASE OUR REVENUES WOULD SERIOUSLY HARM OUR BUSINESS


      We have incurred significant losses since inception and expect to continue
to incur losses in the future. As of March 31, 1999, we had an accumulated
deficit of $49.8 million. Although our net revenues have grown from zero in the
quarter ended September 30, 1998 to $10.0 million in the quarter ended March 31,
1999, we cannot be certain that our revenues will continue to grow, or that we
will achieve sufficient revenues to achieve profitability. We have large fixed
expenses and we expect to continue to incur significant and increasing sales and
marketing, product development and administrative expenses. As a result, we will
need to generate significantly higher revenues to achieve and maintain
profitability. Our failure to achieve and sustain profitability would seriously
harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Selected
Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes
to the Consolidated Financial Statements for more information on our results of
operations.


           OUR LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY MAKES FORECASTING DIFFICULT

      As a result of our limited operating history, it is difficult to
accurately forecast our revenues and we have limited meaningful historical
financial data upon which to base planned operating expenses. Specifically, we
began operations in February 1996, introduced our M40 Internet backbone router
product in September 1998 and began shipping the M40 in volume in October 1998.
In addition, our operating expenses are largely based on anticipated revenue
trends and a high percentage of our expenses are and will continue to be fixed
in the short-term. The revenue and income potential of our products and business
are unproven and the market that we are addressing is rapidly evolving. If we do
not achieve our expected revenues, our operating results will be below our
expectations and the expectations of investors and market analysts, which could
cause the price of our common stock to decline.

 THE M40 CURRENTLY IS OUR ONLY PRODUCT AND A SIGNIFICANT PORTION OF OUR FUTURE
                   REVENUE DEPENDS ON ITS COMMERCIAL SUCCESS

      Our future growth and a significant portion of our future revenue depends
on the commercial success of our M40 Internet backbone router, which is the only
product that we currently offer. Many customers who have purchased the M40 have
not yet fully deployed the product in large network environments and may not
choose to do so. Even if our customers do fully deploy our product, it may not
operate as expected. Failure of the M40 to operate as expected could delay or
prevent its adoption. If our target customers do not widely adopt, purchase and
successfully deploy the M40, our revenues will not grow significantly and our
business, financial condition and results of operations will be seriously
harmed.

                                        6
<PAGE>   8

OUR SUCCESS DEPENDS ON OUR ABILITY TO DEVELOP PRODUCTS AND PRODUCT ENHANCEMENTS
                      THAT WILL ACHIEVE MARKET ACCEPTANCE


      We cannot assure you that we will be able to develop new products or
product enhancements in a timely manner, or at all. Any failure to develop new
products or product enhancements will significantly harm our business and
financial results. Even if we are able to develop and commercially introduce new
products and enhancements, we cannot assure you that the new products or
enhancements will achieve widespread market acceptance. Any failure of our
future products to achieve market acceptance could harm our business and
financial results.


THE LONG SALES AND IMPLEMENTATION CYCLES FOR THE M40, AS WELL AS OUR EXPECTATION
 THAT CUSTOMERS WILL SPORADICALLY PLACE LARGE ORDERS WITH SHORT LEAD TIMES MAY
   CAUSE REVENUES AND OPERATING RESULTS TO VARY SIGNIFICANTLY FROM QUARTER TO
                                    QUARTER



      A customer's decision to purchase the M40 involves a significant
commitment of its resources and a lengthy evaluation and product qualification
process. As a result, our sales cycle may be lengthy. Throughout the sales
cycle, we often spend considerable time educating and providing information to
prospective customers regarding the use and benefits of the M40. Even after
making the decision to purchase the M40, our customers tend to deploy the M40
slowly and deliberately. Timing of deployment can vary widely and depends on the
skill set of the customer, the size of the network deployment, the complexity of
the customer's network environment and the degree of hardware and software
configuration necessary to deploy the M40. Customers with large networks usually
expand their networks in large increments on a periodic basis. Accordingly, we
expect to receive purchase orders for significant dollar amounts on an irregular
basis. Because of our limited operating history, we cannot predict these sales
and development cycles. These long cycles, as well as our expectation that
customers will tend to sporadically place large orders with short lead times,
may cause our revenues and operating results to vary significantly and
unexpectedly from quarter to quarter.


  WE HAVE A LIMITED NUMBER OF CUSTOMERS UPON WHOM WE RELY, AND ANY DECREASE IN
        REVENUE FROM THESE CUSTOMERS COULD HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON US

      We began recognizing revenues from sales of the M40 in the quarter ended
December 31, 1998. A significant portion of our revenues to date have been
recognized from a limited number of customers. Revenues from significant
customers as a percentage of net revenues are as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        THREE MONTHS
                        YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                       DEC. 31, 1998   MARCH 31, 1999
                       -------------   --------------
<S>                    <C>             <C>
*UUNet...............       78%              40%
 Ericsson Business
  Networks AB........       22%               9%
*MCI WorldCom-
  vBNS...............       --               15%
 Verio...............       --               16%
</TABLE>


- ---------------
* Subsidiaries of MCI WorldCom, each of which run separate networks and make
  separate purchasing decisions.

      We expect that the majority of our revenues will continue to depend on
sales of the M40 to a small number of customers. Any downturn in the business of
these customers or potential new customers could seriously harm our revenues and
results of operations.


   IF THE INTERNET DOES NOT CONTINUE TO EXPAND AS A WIDESPREAD COMMUNICATIONS
           MEDIUM, DEMAND FOR OUR PRODUCTS MAY DECLINE SIGNIFICANTLY



      Our future success depends on the continued growth of the Internet as a
widely used medium for commerce and communication. If the Internet does not
continue to expand as a widespread communications medium and commercial
marketplace, the growth of the market for Internet infrastructure equipment may
not continue and the demand for our products could decline significantly.

                                        7
<PAGE>   9

      WE FACE INTENSE COMPETITION THAT COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS


      Competition in the Internet infrastructure market is intense. The market
has historically been dominated by Cisco Systems, Inc., with other companies
such as Bay Networks, Inc. (now Nortel Networks Corporation) and Ascend
Communications, Inc. (which has agreed to be acquired by Lucent Technologies
Inc.) providing products to a smaller segment of the market. In addition, a
number of private companies have announced plans for new products to address the
same problems which our products address.


      Cisco traditionally has been the dominant supplier of solutions to this
market. We believe this is the result of its early leadership position in the
enterprise router market. As the Internet has grown rapidly, Cisco has leveraged
this position and has developed a broad product line of routers which support
all major local area and wide area interfaces. We believe that our ability to
compete with Cisco depends upon our ability to demonstrate that our products are
superior in meeting the needs of service providers and are extremely compatible
with Cisco's current and future products. We cannot assure you that we will be
able to compete successfully with Cisco.


      We expect that, over time, large companies with significant resources,
technical expertise, market experience, customer relationships and broad product
lines, such as Lucent and Nortel, will introduce new products which are designed
to compete more effectively in this market. As a result, we expect to face
increased competition in the future from larger companies with significantly
more resources than we have.


      Many of our current and potential competitors, such as Cisco, Lucent and
Nortel, have significantly broader product lines than we do and may bundle their
products with other networking products in a manner that may discourage
customers from purchasing the M40 Internet backbone router. Also, many of our
current and potential competitors have greater name recognition and more
extensive customer bases that could be leveraged. Increased competition could
result in price reduction, fewer customer orders, reduced gross margins and loss
of market share, any of which could seriously harm our operating results.

      There are also many small private companies which claim to have products
with greater capabilities than the M40. We believe that there is likely to be
consolidation in this industry with one or more of these smaller private
companies being acquired by a large, established supplier of Internet
infrastructure products. As a result, we expect to face increased competition in
the future from larger companies with significantly more resources than we have.


      Several companies also provide solutions which can substitute for some
uses of routers. For example, high bandwidth asynchronous transfer mode, or ATM,
switches, are used in the core of certain major backbone service providers. ATM
switches can carry a variety of traffic types, including voice, video and data,
using fixed, 53 byte cells. Companies that use ATM switches are enhancing their
products with new software technologies such as multi protocol label switching,
or MPLS, which can potentially simplify the task of mixing routers and switches
in the same network. These substitutes can reduce the need for large numbers of
routers.


      If we face increased competition, our operating results may be seriously
harmed.


 IF WE DO NOT EXPAND SUBSTANTIALLY OUR DIRECT AND INDIRECT SALES OPERATIONS IN
ORDER TO INCREASE MARKET AWARENESS AND SALES OF OUR PRODUCTS, OUR BUSINESS COULD
                                   BE HARMED


      Our products and services require a sophisticated sales effort targeted at
several key people within our prospective customers' organizations. This sales
effort requires the efforts of select personnel as well as specialized system
and consulting engineers. We have recently expanded our direct sales force and
plan to hire additional qualified sales personnel and system and consulting
engineers. Competition for these individuals is intense, and we might not be
able to hire the kind and number of sales personnel and
                                        8
<PAGE>   10

system and consulting engineers we need. In addition, we believe that our future
success is dependent upon establishing successful relationships with a variety
of distribution partners. We have entered into agreements with only a small
number of distribution partners. In addition, some of our distribution partners
also sell products that compete with the M40. We cannot be certain that we will
be able to reach agreement with additional distribution partners on a timely
basis or at all, or that our distribution partners will devote adequate
resources to selling our products.


      If we are unable to expand our direct and indirect sales operations, we
may not be able to increase market awareness or sales of our products, which
would seriously harm our business.



IF WE DO NOT EXPAND SUBSTANTIALLY OUR CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT ORGANIZATION,
               SALES OF OUR PRODUCTS MAY BE SIGNIFICANTLY REDUCED



      The complexity of our products and the difficulty of installing them
require highly trained customer service and support personnel. We currently have
a small customer service and support organization and will need to increase our
staff to support new customers and the expanding needs of existing customers.
Hiring customer service and support personnel is very competitive in our
industry due to the limited number of people available with the necessary
technical skills and understanding of the Internet. If we are unable to expand
our customer service and support organization, we may not be able to increase
sales of our products, which would seriously harm our business.



  WE ARE DEPENDENT ON SOLE SOURCE AND LIMITED SOURCE SUPPLIERS FOR SEVERAL KEY
 COMPONENTS, AND IF WE ARE UNABLE TO BUY THESE COMPONENTS ON A TIMELY BASIS, WE
              WILL NOT BE ABLE TO DELIVER THE M40 TO OUR CUSTOMERS



      We currently purchase several key components, including ASICs and power
supplies, from single or limited sources. We worked with IBM for over two years
to develop several of our key proprietary application specific integrated
circuits, or ASICs, which are custom designed integrated circuits built to
perform a specific function more rapidly than a general purpose microprocessor.
IBM is currently our sole source supplier of these ASICs. These ASICs are very
complex and we may not be able to develop an alternate source to IBM in a timely
manner, which could hurt our ability to deliver the M40 to our customers. We
also purchase power supplies from a single source and purchase other custom
components from other sole or limited sources. If we are unable to buy these
components on a timely basis, we will not be able to deliver the M40 to our
customers, which would seriously harm our business.



 WE CURRENTLY DEPEND ON ONE CONTRACT MANUFACTURER, AND IF WE HAVE TO QUALIFY A
             NEW CONTRACT MANUFACTURER, OUR BUSINESS MAY BE HARMED



      Solectron, a third party manufacturer for numerous companies, manufactures
the M40 at its Milpitas, California facility on a purchase order basis and is
our sole manufacturer. We currently do not have a long-term supply contract with
Solectron.



      Qualifying a new contract manufacturer and commencing volume production is
expensive and time consuming. If we are required or choose to change contract
manufacturers, we may lose revenue and damage our customer relationships.



IF WE FAIL TO ACCURATELY PREDICT OUR MANUFACTURING REQUIREMENTS, WE COULD INCUR
              ADDITIONAL COSTS OR EXPERIENCE MANUFACTURING DELAYS



      Because we currently do not have a long-term supply contract with
Solectron, they are not obligated to supply products to us for any specific
period, in any specific quantity or at any certain price, except as may be
provided in a particular purchase order. We provide forecasts of our demand to
Solectron up to six months prior to scheduled delivery of products to our
customers. If we overestimate our requirements, Solectron may


                                        9
<PAGE>   11


have excess inventory, which would increase our costs. If we underestimate our
requirements, Solectron may have an inadequate inventory, which could interrupt
manufacturing of our products and result in delays in shipments and revenues. In
addition, lead times for materials and components we order vary significantly
and depend on factors such as the specific supplier, contract terms and demand
for each component at a given time. We also may experience shortages of certain
components from time to time, which also could delay the manufacturing of our
products.



     WE DEPEND UPON SOLECTRON TO MANUFACTURE OUR PRODUCTS ON A TIMELY BASIS


      We plan to regularly introduce new products and product enhancements,
which will require that we coordinate our efforts with those of our suppliers
and Solectron to rapidly achieve volume production. If we should fail to
effectively manage our relationship with Solectron, or if Solectron experiences
delays, disruptions or quality control problems in its manufacturing operations,
our ability to ship products to our customers could be delayed.


  THE UNPREDICTABILITY AND SEASONALITY OF OUR QUARTERLY RESULTS MAY ADVERSELY
                  AFFECT THE TRADING PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK


      Our revenues and operating results will vary significantly from quarter to
quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and
any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. The primary factors that
may affect us include the following:

- - demand for the M40;

- - the timing of sales of the M40;

- - the timing of recognizing revenue and deferred revenue;

- - new product introductions by our competitors;

- - changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

- - our ability to develop, introduce and ship new products and product
  enhancements that meet customer requirements in a timely manner;

- - our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of the sole or limited source
  components, including ASICs and power supplies for the M40;

- - increases in the prices of the components we purchase;

- - our ability to attain and maintain production volumes and quality levels for
  the M40;

- - decisions by end-users to reallocate their information resources to other
  purposes, including year 2000 preparedness;

- - Internet growth and demand for Internet infrastructure;

- - prototype expenses;

- - costs related to acquisitions of technology or businesses; and

- - general economic conditions as well as those specific to the Internet and
  related industries.

      In addition, we are dependent on decisions by customers to build their
Internet infrastructure, which decisions are in turn dependent upon the success
and expected demand for the services offered by those customers. Furthermore,
the long sales and implementation cycles for the M40, as well as the degree to
which customers will sporadically place large orders with short lead times, may
cause revenues and operating results to vary significantly from quarter to
quarter.

      We also expect to experience seasonality in our operating results. We
expect the growth rate in our sales to be adversely affected in the third
quarter due to a slowdown in sales in Europe and other foreign areas during the
summer months. In addition, we expect the growth rate in our sales in the first
quarter to be adversely affected due to our customers' budgeting cycles.

      We plan to increase significantly our operating expenses to fund greater
levels of

                                       10
<PAGE>   12

research and development, expand our sales and marketing operations, broaden our
customer support capabilities and develop new distribution channels. We also
plan to expand our general and administrative functions to address the increased
reporting and other administrative demands, which will result from this offering
and the increasing size of our business. Our operating expenses are largely
based on anticipated revenue trends and a high percentage of our expenses are,
and will continue to be, fixed in the short term. As a result, a delay in
generating or recognizing revenue for the reasons set forth above, or for any
other reason, could cause significant variations in our operating results from
quarter to quarter and could result in substantial operating losses.

      Due to the foregoing factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our operating results are not a good indication of our future
performance. It is likely that in some future quarters, our operating results
may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In this
event, the price of our common stock may fall.

IF OUR PRODUCTS DO NOT INTEROPERATE WITH OUR CUSTOMERS' NETWORKS, INSTALLATIONS
  WILL BE DELAYED OR CANCELLED AND COULD RESULT IN SUBSTANTIAL PRODUCT RETURNS
                         WHICH COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS

      Our products are designed to interface with our customers' existing
networks, each of which have different specifications and utilize multiple
protocol standards. Many of our customers' networks contain multiple generations
of products that have been added over time as these networks have grown and
evolved. Our products must interoperate with all of the products within these
networks as well as future products in order to meet our customers'
requirements. If we find errors in the existing software used in our customers'
networks, we must modify our JUNOS Internet Software to fix or overcome these
errors so that our products will interoperate and scale with the existing
software and hardware. If our products do not interoperate with those of our
customers' networks, installations could be delayed, orders for our products
could be cancelled or our products could be returned. This would also seriously
harm our reputation, which could seriously harm our business and prospects.


BECAUSE OUR PRODUCTS ARE COMPLEX AND ARE DEPLOYED IN COMPLEX ENVIRONMENTS, THEY
MAY HAVE ERRORS OR DEFECTS THAT WE FIND ONLY AFTER FULL DEPLOYMENT, WHICH COULD
                          SERIOUSLY HARM OUR BUSINESS


      The M40, including our JUNOS Internet Software, is a highly complex
product. In addition, the M40 is designed to be deployed in very large and
complex networks. Although we have thoroughly tested the M40, because of the
nature of the product, it can only be fully tested when deployed in very large
networks with high amounts of traffic. To date, customers have only deployed the
M40 on a limited basis. Consequently, our customers may discover errors or
defects in the hardware or the software after it has been fully deployed. If we
are unable to fix errors or other problems that may be identified in full
deployment, we could experience:

- - loss of or delay in revenues and loss of market share;

- - loss of customers;

- - failure to achieve market acceptance;

- - diversion of development resources;

- - increased service and warranty costs;

- - legal actions by our customers; and

- - increased insurance costs.


CUSTOMER PRODUCT LIABILITY CLAIMS BASED ON ERRORS IN OUR SOFTWARE OR MISTAKES IN
      PERFORMING OUR SERVICES COULD RESULT IN COSTLY LITIGATION AGAINST US


      We may be subject to claims based on errors in our software or mistakes in
performing our services, including claims relating to damages to our customers'
internal systems. Our contracts with our customers generally contain provisions
designed to limit our exposure to potential product liability claims, such as
disclaimers of warranties and

                                       11
<PAGE>   13

limitations on liability for special, consequential and incidental damages. We
believe our product liability insurance is adequate to cover potential product
liability claims. However, a product liability claim, whether successful or not,
could harm our business.


  PROBLEMS ARISING FROM USE OF OUR PRODUCTS IN CONJUNCTION WITH OTHER VENDORS'
      PRODUCTS COULD DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS AND HARM OUR FINANCIAL CONDITION



      Service providers typically use our products in conjunction with products
from other vendors. As a result, when problems occur, it may be difficult to
identify the source of the problem. These problems may cause us to incur
significant warranty and repair costs, divert the attention of our engineering
personnel from our product development efforts and cause significant customer
relations problems.


OUR PRODUCTS ARE NEW AND FACE RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES AND EVOLVING STANDARDS
   AND IF WE DO NOT RESPOND IN A TIMELY MANNER, OUR BUSINESS COULD BE HARMED

      The Internet infrastructure market is characterized by rapid technological
change, frequent new product introductions, changes in customer requirements and
evolving industry standards. In developing our products, we have made, and will
continue to make, assumptions with respect to which standards will be adopted by
our customers and competitors. If the standards adopted are different from those
which we have chosen to support, market acceptance of our products may be
significantly reduced or delayed and our business will be seriously harmed. In
addition, the introduction of products embodying new technologies and the
emergence of new industry standards could render our existing products obsolete.


      In addition, in order to introduce products embodying new technologies and
new industry standards, we must be able to gain access to the latest
technologies of our suppliers such as IBM. Any failure to gain access to the
latest technologies could harm our business and operating results.



 OUR FAILURE TO ESTABLISH AND MAINTAIN KEY CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS MAY RESULT IN
 DELAYS IN INTRODUCING NEW PRODUCTS OR CAUSE CUSTOMER TO FOREGO PURCHASING OUR
                                    PRODUCTS



      Our future success will also depend upon our ability to develop and manage
key customer relationships in order to introduce a variety of new products and
product enhancements that address the increasingly sophisticated needs of our
customers. Our failure to establish and maintain these customer relationships
may adversely affect our ability to develop new products and product
enhancements. In addition, we may experience delays in releasing new products
and product enhancements in the future. Material delays in introducing new
products and enhancements or our inability to introduce competitive new products
may cause customers to forego purchases of our products and purchase those of
our competitors, which could seriously harm our business.



 IF WE FAIL TO MANAGE EXPANSION EFFECTIVELY, OUR BUSINESS, FINANCIAL CONDITION
                    AND PROSPECTS COULD BE SERIOUSLY HARMED


      Our ability to successfully offer our products and implement our business
plan in a rapidly evolving market requires an effective planning and management
process. We continue to increase the scope of our operations domestically and
internationally and have grown our headcount substantially. At December 31,
1997, we had a total of 80 employees and at March 31, 1999, we had a total of
190 employees. In addition, we plan to continue to hire a significant number of
employees this year. This growth has placed, and our anticipated growth in
future operations will continue to place, a significant strain on our management
systems and resources. We expect that we will need to continue to improve our
financial and managerial controls, reporting systems and procedures, and will
need to continue to expand, train and manage our work force worldwide.
Furthermore, we expect that

                                       12
<PAGE>   14

we will be required to manage multiple
relationships with various customers and other third parties.


 IF WE FAIL TO LEASE ADEQUATE ADDITIONAL SPACE, OUR BUSINESS COULD BE SERIOUSLY
                                     HARMED



      In June 1997, we entered into a sublease for 33,000 square feet of office
space in Mountain View, California, which expires December 31, 2001. In July
1998, we entered into a sublease for 27,000 square feet of office space in
Mountain View, California, which expires June 2000. We believe, however, that by
the end of 1999, we will need additional space to accommodate our growth. The
commercial real estate market in the San Francisco Bay area is volatile and
unpredictable in terms of available space, rental fees, occupancy rates and
preferred locations. If we fail to lease a substantial amount of new space on
reasonable terms, our ability to expand our business may be adversely affected
or our operating results could be seriously harmed.



 WE DEPEND ON OUR KEY PERSONNEL TO MANAGE OUR BUSINESS EFFECTIVELY IN A RAPIDLY
 CHANGING MARKET AND IF WE ARE UNABLE TO HIRE ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL, OUR ABILITY
                      TO SELL OUR PRODUCTS COULD BE HARMED


      Our future success depends upon the continued services of our executive
officers and other key engineering, sales, marketing and support personnel. None
of our officers or key employees is bound by an employment agreement for any
specific term. Nor do we have "key person" life insurance policies covering any
of our employees.


      We also intend to hire a significant number of engineering, sales,
marketing and support personnel in the future and we believe our success
depends, in large part, upon our ability to attract and retain these key
employees. Competition for these persons is intense, especially in the San
Francisco Bay area. In particular, we have experienced difficulty in hiring
qualified ASIC, software, system and test and customer support engineers and
there can be no assurance that we will be successful in attracting and retaining
these individuals. The loss of the services of any of our key employees, the
inability to attract or retain qualified personnel in the future, or delays in
hiring required personnel, particularly engineers and sales personnel, could
delay the development and introduction of and negatively impact our ability to
sell our products.



IF WE BECOME SUBJECT TO UNFAIR HIRING CLAIMS WE COULD INCUR SUBSTANTIAL COSTS IN
                              DEFENDING OURSELVES



      Companies in our industry whose employees accept positions with
competitors frequently claim that their competitors have engaged in unfair
hiring practices. We have received claims of this kind in the past and we cannot
assure you that we will not receive claims of this kind in the future as we seek
to hire qualified personnel or that those claims will not result in material
litigation. We could incur substantial costs in defending ourselves against
these claims, regardless of their merits.



    OUR BUSINESS WILL BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED IF WE ARE UNABLE TO PROTECT OUR
            INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS FROM THIRD-PARTY CHALLENGES


      We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret
laws and restrictions on disclosure to protect our intellectual property rights.
We also enter into confidentiality or license agreements with our employees,
consultants and corporate partners, and control access to and distribution of
our software, documentation and other proprietary information. Despite our
efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to
copy or otherwise obtain and use our products or technology. Monitoring
unauthorized use of our products is difficult and we cannot be certain that the
steps we have taken will prevent unauthorized use of our technology,
particularly in foreign countries where the laws may not protect our proprietary
rights as fully as in the United States.

                                       13
<PAGE>   15


 NECESSARY LICENSES OF THIRD-PARTY TECHNOLOGY MAY NOT BE AVAILABLE TO US OR MAY
                               BE VERY EXPENSIVE


      From time to time we may be required to license technology from third
parties to develop new products or product enhancements. We cannot assure you
that third party licenses will be available to us on commercially reasonable
terms, if at all. The inability to obtain any third-party license required to
develop new products and product enhancements could require us to obtain
substitute technology of lower quality or performance standards or at greater
cost which could seriously harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations.


  WE COULD BECOME SUBJECT TO LITIGATION REGARDING INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
                    WHICH COULD SERIOUSLY HARM OUR BUSINESS


      In recent years, there has been significant litigation in the United
States involving patents and other intellectual property rights. Although we
have never been involved in any intellectual property litigation, we may be a
party to litigation in the future to protect our intellectual property or as a
result of an alleged infringement of others' intellectual property. These claims
and any resulting lawsuit, if successful, could subject us to significant
liability for damages and invalidation of our proprietary rights. These
lawsuits, regardless of their success, would likely be time-consuming and
expensive to resolve and would divert management time and attention. Any
potential intellectual property litigation also could force us to do one or more
of the following:

- - stop selling, incorporating or using our products that use the challenged
  intellectual property;

- - obtain from the owner of the infringed intellectual property right a license
  to sell or use the relevant technology, which license may not be available on
  reasonable terms, or at all; or

- - redesign those products that use such technology.


      If we are forced to take any of the foregoing actions, our business may be
seriously harmed. Although we carry general liability insurance, our insurance
may not cover potential claims of this type or may not be adequate to indemnify
us for all liability that may be imposed. For more information concerning our
intellectual property rights, see "Business -- Intellectual Property."


 WE FACE RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR INTERNATIONAL OPERATIONS THAT COULD HARM OUR
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      We market and sell our products in the United States and internationally.
We have established an office in England to market and sell our products in
Europe and are in the process of establishing a presence in Asia.

      We intend to substantially expand our international operations and enter
new international markets. This expansion will require significant management
attention and financial resources to successfully develop direct and indirect
international sales and support channels. We may not be able to maintain or
increase international market demand for the M40.

      We currently have limited experience in marketing and distributing our
products internationally and in developing versions of our products that comply
with local standards. In addition, international operations are subject to other
inherent risks, including:

- - greater difficulty in accounts receivable collection and longer collection
  periods;

- - difficulties and costs of staffing and managing foreign operations;

- - the impact of recessions in economies outside the United States;

- - unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

- - certification requirements;

- - reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

- - potentially adverse tax consequences; and

- - political and economic instability.


      Our international revenues have been less than $2,000,000 to date and are
generally denominated in U.S. dollars.


                                       14
<PAGE>   16

Consequently, we do not currently engage in currency hedging activities.
However, a portion of our international revenues may be denominated in foreign
currencies in the future.

                       WE FACE A NUMBER OF UNKNOWN RISKS
                       ASSOCIATED WITH YEAR 2000 PROBLEMS

      The year 2000 computer problem refers to the potential for system and
processing failures of date-related data as a result of computer-controlled
systems using two digits rather than four to define the applicable year. For
example, computer programs that have time-sensitive software may recognize a
date represented as "00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could
result in a system failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations,
including among other things, a temporary inability to process transactions,
send invoices or engage in similar normal business activities.


      We have designed the M40 for use in the year 2000 and beyond and believe
it is year 2000 compliant. However, our products are generally integrated into
larger networks involving sophisticated hardware and software products supplied
by other vendors. Each of our customers' networks involves different
combinations of third party products. We cannot evaluate whether all of their
products are year 2000 compliant. We may face claims based on year 2000 problems
in other companies' products or based on issues arising from the integration of
multiple products within the overall network. Although no claims of this kind
have been made, we may in the future be required to defend our products in legal
proceedings which could be expensive regardless of the merits of these claims.


      If our suppliers, vendors, major distributors, partners, customers and
service providers fail to correct their year 2000 problems, these failures could
result in an interruption in, or a failure of, our normal business activities or
operations. If a year 2000 problem occurs, it may be difficult to determine
which party's products have caused the problem. These failures could interrupt
our operations and damage our relationships with our customers. Due to the
general uncertainty inherent in the year 2000 problem resulting from the
readiness of third-party suppliers and vendors, we are unable to determine at
this time whether year 2000 failures could harm our business and our financial
results.

      Our customers' purchasing plans could be affected by year 2000 issues if
they need to expend significant resources to fix their existing systems to
become year 2000 compliant. This situation may reduce funds available to
purchase our products. In addition, some customers may wait to purchase our
products until after the year 2000, which may reduce our revenue. See
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Year 2000 Compliance."


   ANY ACQUISITIONS WE MAKE COULD DISRUPT OUR BUSINESS AND HARM OUR FINANCIAL
                                   CONDITION


      We intend to make investments in complementary companies, products or
technologies. While we have no current agreements or negotiations underway, we
may buy businesses, products or technologies in the future. In the event of any
future purchases, we could:

- - issue stock that would dilute our current stockholders' percentage ownership;

- - incur debt;

- - assume liabilities;

- - incur amortization expenses related to goodwill and other intangible assets;
  or

- - incur large and immediate write-offs.

      These purchases also involve numerous risks, including:

- - problems combining the purchased operations, technologies or products;

- - unanticipated costs;

- - diversion of management's attention from our core business;

- - adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and
  customers;

                                       15
<PAGE>   17

- - risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior
  experience; and

- - potential loss of key employees, particularly those of the purchased
  organizations.

      We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate any
businesses, products, technologies or personnel that we might acquire in the
future.


MANAGEMENT MAY APPLY THE PROCEEDS OF THIS OFFERING TO USES THAT DO NOT INCREASE
                          OUR PROFITS OR MARKET VALUE



      Our management will have considerable discretion in the application of the
net proceeds, and you will not have the opportunity, as part of your investment
decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The net
proceeds may be used for corporate purposes that do not increase our
profitability or our market value. Pending application of the proceeds, they may
be placed in investments that do not produce income or that lose value. See "How
We Intend to Use the Proceeds From This Offering."



THERE HAS BEEN NO PRIOR MARKET FOR OUR COMMON STOCK AND A PUBLIC MARKET FOR OUR
                   SECURITIES MAY NOT DEVELOP OR BE SUSTAINED


      Prior to this offering, you could not buy or sell our common stock
publicly. An active public market for our common stock may not develop or be
sustained after this offering, and the market price might fall below the initial
public offering price. The initial public offering price may bear no
relationship to the price at which the common stock will trade upon completion
of this offering. The initial public offering price will be determined based on
negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters, based on
factors that may not be indicative of future market performance. See
"Underwriting."

 INSIDERS WILL CONTINUE TO HAVE SUBSTANTIAL CONTROL OVER JUNIPER NETWORKS AFTER
     THIS OFFERING AND COULD DELAY OR PREVENT A CHANGE IN CORPORATE CONTROL


      We anticipate that the executive officers, directors and entities
affiliated with them will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately
43.6% of our outstanding common stock following the completion of this offering.
These stockholders, if acting together, would be able to influence significantly
all matters requiring approval by our stockholders, including the election of
directors and the approval of mergers or other business combination
transactions. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."



 PROVISIONS OF OUR CHARTER DOCUMENTS MAY HAVE ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS THAT COULD
                        PREVENT A CHANGE IN OUR CONTROL



      Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation,
bylaws, and Delaware law could make it more difficult for a third party to
acquire us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. See
"Description of Capital Stock."



   THERE MAY BE SALES OF A SUBSTANTIAL AMOUNT OF OUR COMMON STOCK AFTER THIS
               OFFERING THAT COULD CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO FALL


      Our current stockholders hold a substantial number of shares, which they
will be able to sell in the public market in the near future. Sales of a
substantial number of shares of our common stock after this offering could cause
our stock price to fall. In addition, the sale of these shares could impair our
ability to raise capital through the sale of additional stock. See "Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."


  WE EXPECT TO EXPERIENCE VOLATILITY IN OUR SHARE PRICE WHICH COULD NEGATIVELY
                             AFFECT YOUR INVESTMENT


      The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in
response to a

                                       16
<PAGE>   18

number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including:

- - quarterly variations in operating results;

- - changes in financial estimates by securities analysts;

- - changes in market valuations of Internet related companies;

- - announcements by us or our competitors of new products or of significant
  acquisitions, strategic partnerships or joint ventures;

- - any loss of a major customer;

- - additions or departures of key personnel;

- - any deviations in net revenues or in losses from levels expected by securities
  analysts;

- - future sales of common stock; and


- - volume fluctuations, which are particularly common among highly volatile
  securities of Internet related companies.




                                       17
<PAGE>   19

                   NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and
uncertainties. We use words such as "anticipates," "believes," "plans,"
"expects," "future," "intends" and similar expressions to identify
forward-looking statements. This prospectus also contains forward-looking
statements attributed to third parties relating to their estimates regarding the
growth of Internet use. You should not place undue reliance on these
forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the date of this prospectus.
Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in these
forward-looking statements for many reasons, including the risks faced by us and
described in the preceding pages and elsewhere in this prospectus.

              HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THIS OFFERING


      Our net proceeds from the sale of the 2,000,000 shares of common stock
offered by us are estimated to be $39.8 million at an assumed initial public
offering price of $22.00 per share, after deducting the underwriting discount
and estimated offering expenses payable by us (approximately $1.1 million).



      Our principal purposes for engaging in this offering are to:



- - increase our equity capital;



- - create a public market for our common stock;



- - facilitate future access by us to public equity markets; and



- - provide increased visibility of Juniper Networks in a marketplace where our
  principal competitors are publicly-held companies.



      We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for working capital
and general corporate purposes. In addition, we may use a portion of the net
proceeds to acquire complementary products, technologies or businesses; however,
we currently have no plans, commitments or agreements nor are we involved in any
negotiations with respect to any such transactions. Pending use of the net
proceeds of this offering, we intend to invest the net proceeds in
interest-bearing, investment-grade securities. We will not receive any proceeds
from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders. See
"Principal and Selling Stockholders."


                                DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have never declared or paid any dividends on our capital stock. We
currently expect to retain future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and
expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the
foreseeable future. Our lease lines prohibit the payment of dividends without
prior approval.

                                       18
<PAGE>   20

                                 CAPITALIZATION


      The following table sets forth (1) our actual capitalization as of March
31, 1999, and (2) our capitalization as adjusted to give effect to the sale of
2,000,000 shares of common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of
$22.00 per share (less the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses
payable by us). You should read this table in conjunction with our consolidated
financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this
prospectus.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    MARCH 31, 1999
                                                           ---------------------------------
                                                                ACTUAL          AS ADJUSTED
                                                           -----------------    ------------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                        <C>                  <C>
Long-term obligations, net of current portion............      $  2,834           $  2,834
Stockholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 par value,
     14,039,059 shares authorized actual (10,000,000 as
     adjusted); 13,796,904 shares issued and outstanding
     actual (none as adjusted)...........................             *                 --
  Common stock, $0.00001 par value, 71,000,000 shares
     authorized actual (200,000,000 as adjusted);
     21,265,387 shares issued and outstanding actual;
     49,400,209 shares issued and outstanding as
     adjusted(1).........................................             *                  *
  Additional paid-in capital.............................       102,305            142,125
  Deferred stock compensation............................        (5,362)            (5,362)
  Accumulated deficit....................................       (49,808)           (49,808)
                                                               --------           --------
     Total stockholders' equity..........................        47,135             86,955
                                                               --------           --------
          Total capitalization...........................      $ 49,969           $ 89,789
                                                               ========           ========
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(1) Based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 1999. It excludes (A) 19,187,500
    shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our Amended 1996 Stock
    Plan (including the 3,000,000 shares reserved for issuance on April 19,
    1999), of which 4,291,564 shares were subject to outstanding options at a
    weighted average exercise price of $4.53 per share and 4,813,669 shares
    available for future grants, (B) 262,910 shares of common stock issuable
    upon exercise of outstanding warrants at a weighted average exercise price
    of $1.65 per share; and (C) 500,000 shares available for issuance under our
    1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. See "Capitalization,"
    "Management -- Incentive Stock Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and
    Notes 5, 6 and 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


 *  Less than $1,000

                                       19
<PAGE>   21

                                    DILUTION

      If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the
extent of the difference between the public offering price per share of our
common stock and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of
our common stock after this offering. We calculate net tangible book value per
share by dividing the net tangible book value (total assets less tangible assets
and total liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of common stock.


      Our pro forma net tangible book value at March 31, 1999, was $47.1
million, or $0.99 per share, based on 47,400,209 shares of our common stock
outstanding after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of
our preferred stock into common stock upon the closing of this offering.



      After giving effect to the sale of the 2,000,000 shares of common stock by
us at an assumed initial public offering price of $22.00 per share (less the
underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us), our pro
forma net tangible book value at March 31, 1999, would be $87.0 million, or
$1.76 per share. This represents an immediate increase in the pro forma net
tangible book value of $0.77 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate
dilution of $20.24 per share to new investors, or approximately 92.0% of the
assumed offering price of 22.00 per share.


      The following table illustrates this per share dilution:


<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>      <C>
Assumed initial public offering price per share.............           $   22.00
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share at March 31,
     1999...................................................  $0.99
  Increase per share attributable to new investors..........   0.77
                                                              -----
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
  offering..................................................                1.76
                                                                       ------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................           $   20.24
                                                                       ======
</TABLE>


                           -------------------------


      The following table shows on a pro forma basis at March 31, 1999, after
giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock
into an aggregate of 26,134,822 shares of common stock upon the closing of this
offering, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share by existing
stockholders and by new investors purchasing common stock in this offering:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                          -----------------------   -------------------------   AVERAGE PRICE
                            NUMBER     PERCENTAGE      AMOUNT      PERCENTAGE     PER SHARE
                          ----------   ----------   ------------   ----------   -------------
<S>                       <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing
  stockholders(1)(2)..    47,400,209      96.0%     $ 94,463,911      68.2%        $ 1.99
New investors(2)......     2,000,000       4.0        44,000,000      31.8          22.00
                          ----------     -----      ------------     -----
  Total(1)............    49,400,209     100.0%     $138,463,911     100.0%
                          ==========     =====      ============     =====
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(1) The above information is based on shares outstanding as of March 31, 1999.
    It excludes (A) 19,187,500 shares of common stock reserved for issuance
    under our Amended 1996 Stock Plan (including the 3,000,000 additional shares
    reserved for issuance on April 19, 1999), of which 4,291,564 shares were
    subject to outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price of $4.53
    per share and 4,813,669 shares were available for future grants , (B)
    262,910 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of outstanding
    warrants at a weighted average exercise price of $1.65 per share; and (C)
    500,000 shares available for issuance under our 1999 Employee Stock Purchase
    Plan. See "Capitalization,"


                                       20
<PAGE>   22

    "Management -- Incentive Stock Plans," "Description of Capital Stock" and
    Notes 5, 6 and 10 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.


(2) Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of
    shares of common stock held by existing stockholders to 44,600,209 shares or
    90.3% of the shares to be outstanding after this offering and the number of
    shares held by new investors will be increased to 4,800,000 shares, or 9.7%
    of the number of shares to be outstanding after this offering. If the
    underwriters' option to purchase additional shares is exercised in full, the
    number of shares held by existing stockholders will be further reduced to
    43,978,278 shares, or 88.8% of the number of shares to be outstanding after
    this offering and the number of shares held by new investors will be
    increased to 5,520,000 shares, or 11.2% of the number of shares to be
    outstanding after this offering. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."


                                       21
<PAGE>   23
                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA


      The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in
conjunction with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statement
of operations data set forth below for the period from February 2, 1996
(inception) to December 31, 1996, and for the fiscal years ended December 31,
1997 and 1998, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 1997
and 1998 have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of
Juniper Networks, Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors. The consolidated balance
sheet data at December 31, 1996 are derived from unaudited consolidated
financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The consolidated
statement of operations data for the three-month periods ended March 31, 1998
and 1999, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of March 31, 1999, are
unaudited. In the opinion of management, all necessary adjustments (consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments) have been included to present fairly the
unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited
consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in
this prospectus. The historical results are not necessarily indicative of
results to be expected for any future period. See "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          PERIOD FROM
                                                           INCEPTION
                                                          (FEBRUARY 2,                           THREE MONTHS
                                                            1996) TO         YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                                                          DECEMBER 31,      DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                                          ------------   -------------------   -----------------
                                                              1996         1997       1998      1998      1999
                                                          ------------   --------   --------   -------   -------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                       <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues............................................    $    --      $     --   $  3,807   $    --   $10,044
Cost of revenues........................................         --            --      4,416        39     6,347
                                                            -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Gross profit (loss).....................................         --            --       (609)      (39)    3,697
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..............................      1,850         9,406     23,987     3,497     6,181
  Sales and marketing...................................         --         1,149      4,216       519     2,603
  General and administrative............................         89         1,043      2,223       335       776
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation...........         --            --      1,235        21       904
                                                            -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
    Total operating expenses............................      1,939        11,598     31,661     4,372    10,464
                                                            -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Operating loss..........................................     (1,939)      (11,598)   (32,270)   (4,411)   (6,767)
Interest income (expense), net..........................        140         1,235      1,299       506        92
                                                            -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Net loss................................................    $(1,799)     $(10,363)  $(30,971)  $(3,905)  $(6,675)
                                                            =======      ========   ========   =======   =======
Basic and diluted net loss per share(1).................    $ (0.46)     $  (1.21)  $  (2.39)  $ (0.36)  $ (0.45)
                                                            =======      ========   ========   =======   =======
Shares used in computing basic and diluted net loss per
  share(1)..............................................      3,958         8,591     12,957    10,872    14,990
                                                            =======      ========   ========   =======   =======
Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share
  (unaudited)(1)........................................                            $  (0.84)            $ (0.17)
                                                                                    ========             =======
Shares used in computing pro forma basic and diluted net
  loss per share (unaudited)(1).........................                              37,070              39,373
                                                                                    ========             =======
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                        <C>           <C>       <C>          <C>
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET DATA (AT PERIOD END):
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments.......    $ 9,468      $ 46,227   $ 20,098     $49,449
Working capital.........................................      9,315        44,691     14,432      41,756
Total assets............................................     10,388        50,210     36,671      67,125
Long-term obligations, less current portion.............        408         2,083      5,204       2,834
Stockholders' equity....................................      9,728        46,048     17,065      47,135
</TABLE>


- ---------------
(1) See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for an explanation
    of the determination of the shares used to compute net loss per share.

                                       22
<PAGE>   24

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


     The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with
"Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our consolidated financial statements
and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion
contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our
actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the
forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors including the risks
discussed in "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this prospectus.


                                    OVERVIEW


      We are a leading provider of Internet infrastructure solutions that enable
Internet service providers and other telecommunications service providers, or,
collectively, service providers, to meet the demands resulting from the rapid
growth of the Internet. We deliver next generation Internet backbone routers
that are specifically designed, or purpose-built, for service provider networks
and offer our customers increased reliability, performance, scalability,
interoperability and flexibility, and reduced complexity and cost compared to
current alternatives. Our flagship product is the M40 Internet backbone router.
The M40 combines the features of our JUNOS Internet Software, high performance
ASIC-based packet forwarding technology and Internet optimized architecture into
a purpose-built solution for service providers.



      In September 1998, after extensive field testing of our JUNOS Internet
Software, we began shipping our first product, the M40 Internet backbone router,
with volume shipments beginning in October 1998. We currently sell through our
direct sales force to major service providers in North America. In addition, we
distribute through value added resellers system integrators and resellers to
smaller customers in North America and to international customers. Distribution
and support is also provided by our strategic original equipment manufacturer
relationship with Ericsson.



      From our inception in February 1996 through September 1998, our operating
activities were primarily devoted to increasing our research and development
capabilities, designing our ASICs, developing our software, developing and
testing the M40 and developing other products. We also staffed our
administrative, marketing and sales organizations and implemented strategic
relationships. Since our inception, we have incurred significant losses, and as
of March 31, 1999, we had an accumulated deficit of $49.8 million. We have not
achieved profitability on a quarterly or annual basis, and anticipate that we
will incur net losses for at least the next several quarters. We expect to incur
significant sales and marketing, research and development and general and
administrative expenses and, as a result, we will need to generate significantly
higher revenues to achieve and maintain profitability.


      Our revenues currently are derived from sales of one product, the M40.
While we are developing and plan to introduce future products, there can be no
assurance that we will be successful in these efforts. To date, we have
generated a substantial portion of our revenues from a limited number of
customers, with three customers accounting for 71% of our net revenues in the
three months ended March 31, 1999. While we are seeking to diversify our
customer base, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be successful.


      To date, most of our direct sales have been in North America, and our
international sales have been through our strategic original equipment
manufacturer relationship with Ericsson. However, we have recently launched
sales and marketing efforts internationally, initially focused on Europe and
Asia.


      We expect that a significant portion of our future revenues will continue
to come from sales of the M40 to a small number of customers. We have focused
our initial sales and marketing efforts primarily on the world's leading service
providers. We expect to receive a large portion of our revenues from
                                       23
<PAGE>   25

these initial customers until we can sufficiently penetrate additional accounts.


      Because the market for Internet backbone routers is new and evolving, the
volume and timing of orders are difficult to predict. A customer's decision to
purchase the M40 typically involves a significant commitment of their resources
and a lengthy evaluation and product qualification process. This initial
evaluation and product qualification process typically takes several months and
includes:



- - technical evaluation;



- - integration;



- - testing;



- - network planning; and


- - implementation into the network.

      Even after making the decision to purchase the M40, our customers tend to
deploy the M40 slowly and deliberately. Timing of deployment can vary widely and
depends on the skill set of the customer, the size of the network deployment,
the complexity of the customer's network environment and the degree of hardware
and software configuration necessary to deploy the M40. Customers with large
networks usually expand their networks in large increments on a periodic basis.
Accordingly, we expect to receive purchase orders for significant dollar amounts
on an irregular basis. Because of our limited operating history, we cannot
predict these sales and development cycles. Long sales and implementation cycles
for the M40, as well as the expectation that customers will tend to sporadically
place large orders with short lead times, may cause revenues and operating
results to vary significantly and unexpectedly from quarter to quarter.

      We recognize product revenue at the time of shipment, unless we have
future obligations for installation or have to obtain customer acceptance, in
which case revenue is deferred until these obligations are met. Revenue from
service obligations is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the
contractual period. Amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized are included
as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. At March
31, 1999, a total of $7.9 million of revenue was deferred. It is currently
expected that this deferred revenue will be recognized in 1999. The amount of
estimated product returns is provided for in the period of the sale. We provide
a reserve for warranty returns based on our warranty history. Historically,
selling prices in the Internet infrastructure equipment market have been
relatively stable. However, as competitors launch new products, this pricing
trend may change.

      Our gross margins will primarily be affected by the following factors:

- - demand for our products and services;

- - new product introductions both by us and by our competitors;

- - changes in our pricing policies and those of our competitors;

- - the mix of interfaces sold;

- - the mix of products and services sold;

- - the mix of sales channels through which our products and services are sold;

- - the mix of domestic and international sales; and

- - the volume manufacturing pricing we are able to attain from our partner for
  outsourced manufacturing.

      We have outsourced our manufacturing, our repair operations and the
majority of our supply chain management operations. Accordingly, a significant
portion of our cost of revenues consists of payments to Solectron, our contract
manufacturer. Solectron manufactures our products using quality assurance
programs and standards which we established. Manufacturing engineering and
documentation control are conducted at our facility in Mountain View,
California.


      Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and
related personnel costs, fees paid to consultants and outside service providers,
non-recurring engineering charges and prototype costs related to the design,
development, testing

                                       24
<PAGE>   26


and enhancement of our ASICs and software and system development. We expense our
research and development costs as they are incurred. Several components of our
research and development effort require significant expenditures, the timing of
which can cause significant quarterly variability in our expenses. The number of
prototypes required to build and test a complex product such as the M40 is large
and this building and testing process occurs over a short period of time. Our
ASIC development requires an upfront payment of non-recurring engineering
charges, regardless of whether the integrated circuit works, and a per unit cost
payable as ASICs are purchased. With several large ASICs in our architecture, we
will incur large non-recurring engineering and prototype expenses with every
enhancement of the M40 and any new product development. We are devoting
substantial resources to the continued development of new products. We believe
that research and development is critical to our strategic product development
objectives and that to leverage our leading technology and meet the changing
requirements of our customers, we will need to fund investments in several
development projects in parallel. As a result, we expect our research and
development expenses to increase in absolute dollars in the future.



      Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily of salaries, commissions
and related expenses for personnel engaged in marketing, sales and customer
engineering support functions, as well as costs associated with promotional and
other marketing expenses. We intend to expand our direct and indirect sales
operations substantially, both domestically and internationally, in order to
increase market awareness of our products. We expect that sales and marketing
expenses will increase substantially in absolute dollars over the next year as
we hire additional sales and marketing personnel, initiate additional marketing
programs to support the M40 and establish sales offices in additional domestic
and international locations. In addition, we believe our future success is
dependent upon establishing successful relationships with a variety of
distribution partners. To date, we have entered into agreements with only a
small number of distribution partners. To be successful, we must reach agreement
with additional distribution partners in several countries. Similarly, the
complexity of our Internet backbone routers and the difficulty of installing
them require highly trained customer service and support personnel. We expect to
significantly expand our customer service and support organization to meet these
requirements. We believe that continued investment in sales and marketing is
critical to our success and expect these expenses to increase in absolute
dollars in the future.


      General and administrative expenses consist primarily of salaries and
related expenses for executive, finance, accounting, facilities, human resources
personnel, recruiting expenses, professional fees and other corporate expenses.
We expect general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars as
we add personnel and incur additional costs related to the growth of our
business and our operation as a public company.


      In connection with the grant of certain stock options to employees during
1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999, we recorded deferred
compensation of $6.4 million and $1.1 million, respectively, representing the
difference between the deemed value of the common stock for accounting purposes
and the exercise price of these options at the date of grant. Deferred
compensation is presented as a reduction of stockholders' equity and is
amortized over the vesting period of the applicable options. We expensed $1.2
million of deferred compensation during the year ended December 31, 1998, and
$904,000 of deferred compensation during the three months ended March 31, 1999.
This compensation expense relates to stock options awarded to individuals in all
operating expense categories. See Note 6 of our consolidated financial
statements.


      As of December 31, 1998, we had $34.0 million of federal net operating
loss carryforwards and $33.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards
for tax reporting purposes available to offset future taxable

                                       25
<PAGE>   27


income. Such net operating loss carryforwards expire at various dates beginning
in 2004 to the extent that they are not utilized. We have not recognized any
benefit from the future use of loss carryforwards for these periods, or for any
other periods, since inception. Management's evaluation of all the available
evidence in assessing realizability of the tax benefits of such loss
carryforwards indicates that the underlying assumptions of future profitable
operations contain risks that do not provide sufficient assurance to recognize
the tax benefits currently.


                             RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

NET REVENUES


      The quarter ended December 31, 1998, was our first quarter of revenue. Net
revenues were $3.8 million in the year ended December 31, 1998, and $10.0
million for the three months ended March 31, 1999. Two customers accounted for
100% of the net revenues in the three months ended December 31, 1998, and three
customers accounted for 71% of the net revenues in the three months ended March
31, 1999.


COST OF REVENUES


      Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 1998, were $4.4 million
and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, were $6.3 million. Cost of
revenues was high during these periods due to the large cost of initial start-up
of production. Cost of revenues includes the cost of our customer service and
support organization. Cost of service and support for the year ended December
31, 1998, was $1.5 million and for the three months ended March 31, 1999, was
$1.1 million.


RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSES


      Research and development expenses were $24.0 million in 1998, an increase
of $14.6 million or 155% over 1997, and were $6.2 million in the three months
ended March 31, 1999, an increase of $2.7 million or 77% over the comparable
quarter of 1998. The increase was due primarily to a significant increase in
personnel and related costs to support the completion, bring-up, alpha test (the
early tests of the product in labs) and beta test (the tests conducted at
customer premises just prior to shipping the product when product is of
sufficient quality to run in production networks) phases of the product
development and the non-recurring engineering and prototype expenses necessary
to complete the product. Development is essential to our future success and we
expect that research and development expenses will increase in absolute dollars
in future periods.


SALES AND MARKETING EXPENSES

      Sales and marketing expenses were $4.2 million in 1998, an increase of
$3.1 million or 267% over 1997, and were $2.6 million in the three months ended
March 31, 1999, an increase of $2.1 million or 401% over the comparable quarter
of 1998. These increases were primarily due to an increase in the number of
sales and marketing personnel, increased marketing expenses and other
customer-related costs.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

      General and administrative expenses totaled $2.2 million in 1998, an
increase of $1.2 million or 113% over 1997, and $776,000 in the three months
ended March 31, 1999, an increase of $441,000 or 132% over the comparable
quarter of 1998. This increase was due primarily to an increase in the number of
general and administrative personnel and increased legal and accounting costs
incurred in connection with our growing business activities.

INTEREST AND OTHER EXPENSE


      Interest and other expense includes expenses related to our financing
obligations. Interest and other expense totaled $657,000 in 1998 and $231,000 in
the three months ended March 31, 1999. This compares to expenses of $325,000 in
1997 and $104,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1998. This increase was
generated by larger interest charges on capital lease obligations.


                                       26
<PAGE>   28

INTEREST INCOME

      Interest income includes income on our cash investments. Interest income
was $2.0 million in 1998 and $323,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1999.
This compares with interest income of $1.6 million in 1997 and with interest
income of $610,000 in the three months ended March 31, 1998. Most of the
interest increase in 1998 was generated from interest income on larger cash
balances from the proceeds of issuances of our preferred stock.

                        QUARTERLY RESULTS OF OPERATIONS


      The following table presents our operating results for the quarters ended
March 31, 1999 and December 31, 1998, which are the only quarters for which we
have recognized revenue. The information for each of these quarters is unaudited
and has been prepared on the same basis as the audited financial statements
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of management, all
necessary adjustments consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, have been
included to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in
conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related
notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. These operating results are not
necessarily indicative of the results of any future period.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    QUARTER ENDED
                                                              -------------------------
                                                              DECEMBER 31,    MARCH 31,
                                                                  1998          1999
                                                              ------------    ---------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Net revenues................................................    $ 3,807        $10,044
Cost of revenues............................................      3,815          6,347
                                                                -------        -------
Gross profit (loss).........................................         (8)         3,697
Operating expenses:
  Research and development..................................      6,145          6,181
  Sales and marketing.......................................      1,718          2,603
  General and administrative................................        882            776
  Amortization of deferred stock compensation...............        648            904
                                                                -------        -------
     Total operating expenses...............................      9,393         10,464
                                                                -------        -------
Operating loss..............................................     (9,401)        (6,767)
Interest income (expense), net..............................       (117)            92
                                                                -------        -------
Net loss....................................................    $(9,284)       $(6,675)
                                                                =======        =======
</TABLE>

      Our revenues and operating results will vary significantly from quarter to
quarter due to a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control and
any of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate. The primary factors that
may affect us include the following:

- - demand for the M40;

- - the timing of sales of the M40;

- - the timing of recognizing revenue and deferred revenue;

- - new product introductions by our competitors;

- - changes in our pricing policies or the pricing policies of our competitors;

- - our ability to develop, introduce and ship new products and product
  enhancements that meet customer requirements in a timely manner;

- - our ability to obtain sufficient supplies of sole or limited source
  components,

                                       27
<PAGE>   29

  including ASICs and power supplies for the M40;

- - increases in the prices of the components we purchase;

- - our ability to attain and maintain production volumes and quality levels for
  the M40;

- - decisions by end-users to reallocate their information resources to other
  purposes, including year 2000 preparedness;

- - Internet growth and demand for Internet infrastructure;

- - prototype expenses;

- - costs related to acquisitions of technology or businesses; and

- - general economic conditions as well as those specific to the Internet and
  related industries.

      In addition, we are dependent on decisions by customers to build their
Internet infrastructure, which decisions are in turn dependent upon the success
and expected demand for the services offered by those customers. Furthermore,
the long sales and implementation cycles for the M40, as well as the degree to
which customers will sporadically place large orders with short lead times, may
cause revenues and operating results to vary significantly from quarter to
quarter.

      We also expect to experience seasonality in our operating results. We
expect the growth rate in our sales to be adversely affected in the third
quarter due to a slowdown in sales in Europe and other foreign areas during the
summer months. In addition, we expect the growth rate in our sales in the first
quarter to be adversely affected due to our customers' budgeting cycles.


      We plan to increase significantly our operating expenses to fund greater
levels of research and development, expand our sales and marketing operations,
broaden our customer support capabilities and develop new distribution channels.
We also plan to expand our general and administrative functions to address the
increased reporting and other administrative demands, which will result from
this offering and the increasing size of our business. Our operating expenses
are largely based on anticipated revenue trends, and a high percentage of our
expenses are and will continue to be fixed in the short term. As a result, a
delay in generating or recognizing revenue for the reasons set forth above or
for any other reason could cause significant variations in our operating results
from quarter to quarter and could result in substantial operating losses.


      Due to the foregoing factors, we believe that quarter-to-quarter
comparisons of our operating results are not a good indication of our future
performance. It is likely that in some future quarters, our operating results
may be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors. In this
event, the price of our common stock may fall.

                        LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES


      Since inception, we have financed our operations primarily through private
sales of approximately $90.0 million of convertible preferred stock as well as
through capital leases for computers, office equipment, software and furniture.


      We used $24.8 million in cash for operations in 1998, an increase of $16.2
million from the $8.6 million used in 1997. The increase was primarily due to an
increase in our net loss from $10.4 million in 1997 to $31.0 million in 1998,
partially offset by increased non-cash charges in 1998. We used $1.7 million in
cash for operations in the three months ended March 31, 1999, as a result of our
net loss of $6.7 million, partially offset by non-cash charges.


      We generated $9.3 million in cash from investing activities in 1998 and
used $13.0 million in cash from investing activities in 1997. We generated $48.5
million in cash in 1997, $5.2 million in cash in 1998 and $32.4 million in cash
in the three months ended March 31, 1999, from financing activities, primarily
private sales of convertible preferred stock. We have used leases to partially
finance capital purchases. In addition, we had $7.4 million in capitalized lease
obligations

                                       28
<PAGE>   30


outstanding at December 31, 1998, and $3.9 million at March 31, 1999,.


      Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaled $20.1 million at
December 31, 1998, down from $46.2 million at December 31, 1997. Most of the
decrease came from cash used in operations and the purchase of equipment. At
March 31, 1999, cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments totaled $49.5
million. The increase from December 31, 1998 was due to the receipt of $33.9
million from the sale of preferred stock in March 1999.


      Our capital requirements depend on numerous factors, including:



- - market acceptance of our products;



- - the resources we devote to developing, marketing, selling and supporting our
  products;



- - the timing and extent of establishing international operations; and


- - other factors.

      We expect to devote substantial capital resources to continue our research
and development efforts, to hire and expand our sales, support, marketing and
product development organizations, to expand marketing programs, to establish
additional facilities worldwide and for other general corporate activities.
Although we believe that our current cash balances will be sufficient to fund
our operations for at least the next 12 months, there can be no assurance that
we will not require additional financing within this time frame or that such
additional funding, if needed, will be available on terms acceptable to us or at
all.


      In the quarter ended March 31, 1999, accounts receivable increased to $8.6
million, accrued warranty liability increased to $1.5 million and deferred
revenue increased to $7.8 million, as compared to December 31, 1998, due to the
increase in revenues in the this quarter as compared to the quarter ended
December 31, 1998.


                              YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

      IMPACT OF THE YEAR 2000 COMPUTER PROBLEM. The year 2000 computer problem
refers to the potential for system and processing failures of date-related data
as a result of computer-controlled systems using two digits rather than four to
define the applicable year. For example, computer programs that have
time-sensitive software may recognize a date represented as "00" as the year
1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system failure or
miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including among other things,
a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices, or engage in
similar normal business activities.

      STATE OF READINESS OF OUR PRODUCTS. We have designed the M40 for use in
the year 2000 and beyond and believe it is year 2000 compliant. However, our
products are generally integrated into larger networks involving sophisticated
hardware and software products supplied by other vendors. Each of our customers'
networks involves different combinations of third party products. We cannot
evaluate whether all of their products are year 2000 compliant. We may face
claims based on year 2000 problems in other companies' products or based on
issues arising from the integration of multiple products within the overall
network. Although no such claims have been made, we may in the future be
required to defend our products in legal proceedings which could be expensive
regardless of the merits of such claims.


      STATE OF READINESS OF OUR INTERNAL SYSTEMS. Our business may be affected
by year 2000 issues related to non-compliant internal systems developed by us or
by third-party vendors. We have received assurances that all material systems
from third-party vendors in use by us are year 2000 compliant. We are not
currently aware of any year 2000 problem relating to any of our material
internal systems. We are in the process of testing all such systems for year
2000 compliance and plan to complete such testing before September 30, 1999. We
do not believe that we have any significant


                                       29
<PAGE>   31

systems that contain embedded chips that are not year 2000 compliant.


      Our internal operations and business are also dependent upon the
computer-controlled systems of third parties such as suppliers, customers and
service providers. We believe that absent a systemic failure outside our
control, such as a prolonged loss of electrical or telephone service, year 2000
problems at third parties such as suppliers, customers and service providers
will not have a material impact on our operations.


      If our suppliers, vendors, major distributors, partners, customers and
service providers fail to correct their year 2000 problems, these failures could
result in an interruption in, or a failure of, our normal business activities or
operations. If a year 2000 problem occurs, it may be difficult to determine
which party's products have caused the problem. These failures could interrupt
our operations and damage our relationships with our customers. Due to the
general uncertainty inherent in the year 2000 problem resulting from the
readiness of third-party suppliers and vendors, we are unable to determine at
this time whether year 2000 failures could harm our business and our financial
results.

      Our customers' purchasing plans could be affected by year 2000 issues if
they need to expend significant resources to fix their existing systems to
become year 2000 compliant. This situation may reduce funds available to
purchase our products. In addition, some customers may wait to purchase our
products until after the year 2000, which may reduce our revenue.


      COST. Based on our assessment to date, we anticipate that costs associated
with testing and remediating our internal systems will be approximately
$200,000.


      RISKS. Failures of our internal systems to be year 2000 compliant could
temporarily prevent us from processing orders, issuing invoices and developing
products and could require us to devote significant resources to correcting such
problems. Due to the general uncertainty inherent in the year 2000 computer
problem, resulting from the uncertainty of the year 2000 readiness of
third-party suppliers and vendors, we are unable to determine at this time
whether the consequences of year 2000 failures will have a material impact on
our business, results of operations or financial condition.

                        RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS


      In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, or
AICPA, issued Statement of Position, or SOP, No. 98-1, Accounting for the Costs
of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP No. 98-1
requires entities to capitalize certain costs related to internal-use software
once certain criteria have been met. We expect that the adoption of SOP No. 98-1
will not have a material impact on our financial position or results of
operations. We adopted SOP No. 98-1 effective January 1, 1999.


      In April 1998, the AICPA issued SOP No. 98-5, Reporting on the Costs of
Start-Up Activities. SOP No. 98-5 requires that all start up costs related to
new operations must be expensed as incurred. In addition, all start-up costs
that were capitalized in the past must be written off when SOP No. 98-5 is
adopted. We expect that the adoption of SOP No. 98-5 will not have a material
impact on our financial position or results of operations. We adopted SOP No.
98-5 effective January 1, 1999.

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued FAS No. 133,
Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities. FAS No. 133
establishes methods for derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
related to those instruments, as well as other hedging activities. Because we do
not currently hold any derivative instruments and do not engage in hedging
activities, we expect that the adoption of FAS No. 133 will not have a material
impact on our financial position or results of operations. We adopted FAS No.
133 effective January 1, 1999.

                                       30
<PAGE>   32

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET INTEREST RATE SENSITIVITY


      The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve
principal while at the same time maximizing the income we receive from our
investments without significantly increasing risk. Some of the securities that
we have invested in may be subject to market risk. This means that a change in
prevailing interest rates may cause the principal amount of the investment to
fluctuate. For example, if we hold a security that was issued with a fixed
interest rate at the then-prevailing rate and the prevailing interest rate later
rises, the principal amount of our investment will probably decline. To minimize
this risk, we maintain our portfolio of cash equivalents and short-term
investments in a variety of securities, including commercial paper, money market
funds and government and non-government debt securities. In general, money
market funds are not subject to market risk because the interest paid on such
funds fluctuates with the prevailing interest rate. In addition, we invest in
relatively short-term securities. As of December 31, 1998, all of our
investments mature in less than one year. See Note 2 to the Consolidated
Financial Statements.


     The following table presents the amounts of our cash equivalents and
short-term investments that are subject to market risk by range of expected
maturity and weighted average interest rates as of December 31, 1998. This table
does not include money market funds because those funds are not subject to
market risk.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          MATURING BETWEEN THREE
                              MATURING IN THREE MONTHS     MONTHS AND ONE YEAR       TOTAL
                              ------------------------    ----------------------    -------
<S>                           <C>                         <C>                       <C>
Included in cash and cash
  equivalents...............          $16,520                      $ --             $16,520
Weighted average interest
  rate......................             5.33%                       --%               5.33%
</TABLE>

                           EXCHANGE RATE SENSITIVITY


      We operate primarily in the United States, and all sales to date have been
made in US dollars. Accordingly, we have had no material exposure to foreign
currency rate fluctuations.


                                       31
<PAGE>   33

                                    BUSINESS

                                    OVERVIEW


      We are a leading provider of Internet infrastructure solutions that enable
Internet service providers and other telecommunications service providers, or,
collectively, service providers, to meet the demands resulting from the rapid
growth of the Internet. We deliver next generation Internet backbone routers
that are specifically designed, or purpose-built, for service provider networks
and offer our customers increased reliability, performance, scalability,
interoperability and flexibility, and reduced complexity and cost compared to
current alternatives. Our flagship product is the M40 Internet backbone router.
The M40 combines the features of our JUNOS Internet Software, high performance
ASIC-based packet forwarding technology and Internet optimized architecture into
a purpose-built solution for service providers. Unlike conventional routers,
which were originally developed for enterprise applications and are increasingly
inadequate for service provider use in public networks, our Internet backbone
routers are specifically designed to accommodate the size and scope of the
Internet.


      We believe that the Internet will continue to grow at significant rates
and will evolve into the next generation public network, superseding and
expanding upon many of the functions provided by the traditional telephone
network. This trend will drive the need for new Internet infrastructure
equipment that can deliver the high levels of reliability and scalability needed
in a public network. We believe we have developed the first commercially
available Internet backbone routing platform specifically designed and built to
meet these requirements. Ryan Hankin Kent, an industry research firm, estimates
that the market for Internet backbone routers was $169 million in 1998 and is
expected to increase to approximately $5.5 billion in 2003.


      We sell our Internet backbone routers primarily through a direct sales
force and one original equipment manufacturer. Our M40 Internet backbone router
is currently used by several of the world's leading service providers, such as
UUNet, Cable & Wireless, IBM Global Services, Frontier GlobalCenter and Verio.


                              INDUSTRY BACKGROUND

      The Internet has evolved from an academic research project into a network
of hundreds of separately administered, public and private networks
interconnected using Internet Protocol, or IP. IP traffic is growing
exponentially, driven by increasing numbers of new users, connected devices and
Internet transactions. The result of the widespread use of IP is a ubiquitous
network that today carries a large and growing amount of data traffic enabling
millions of users to share information and conduct electronic commerce.
International Data Corporation, an industry research firm, forecasts continued
dramatic growth worldwide in the Internet and Internet traffic:

- - World Wide Web users will grow from approximately 69 million in 1997 to
  approximately 300 million in 2002;

- - the number of computers and other devices accessing the World Wide Web will
  grow from approximately 78 million in 1997 to approximately 515 million by
  2002; and

- - commerce revenues on the Internet will grow from approximately $32 billion at
  the end of 1998 to approximately $426 billion by the end of 2002.

      The importance of IP continues to increase as the number of users,
connected devices and transactions over the Internet grows. This growth
highlights the potential for the Internet to become the replacement for the
traditional telephone network and the pervasive public network.

      The rapid adoption of the Internet and the tremendous growth of IP traffic
have prompted service providers to construct large scale data networks. These
networks are being optimized to transport data traffic as compared to
traditional telephone networks, which were optimized to transport voice traffic.
The architecture of these next generation networks is being driven by two key
technologies: packet/cell switching and optical networking.

                                       32
<PAGE>   34


      ADVANTAGES OF PACKET/CELL SWITCHING. Packet/cell switching technology,
which divides data traffic into distinct units called packets or cells and
routes each packet or cell independently, provides superior use of available
network capacity compared to traditional circuit switching technology. In a
circuit switched network, each data stream, such as a voice telephone call
between two points, is provided with a dedicated channel, or circuit, for the
duration of the telephone call. This approach leads to inefficient use of
network resources because a channel is fully dedicated to each transaction,
whether or not data is actually flowing at any given moment. As a result, a
circuit switched architecture is highly inefficient for Internet applications
which tend to create large bursts of data traffic followed by long periods of
silence. Packet/cell switching architectures enable greater utilization out of a
fixed capacity circuit by combining traffic that has different capacity demands
of the circuit at different times. Packet/cell switches more efficiently fill
the available network bandwidth with packets of data from many users, thereby
reducing the wasted bandwidth due to silence from any one particular user. The
use of packet/cell switching is driving the architecture of the Internet to be
fundamentally different from traditional circuit switched voice based networks.
In packet/cell switched networks, IP has emerged as the de facto standard for
providing services to end users. Primary packet/cell switching products include
frame relay switches, ATM switches and routers.



      RAPID ADVANCES IN OPTICAL NETWORKING. Optical networking technology uses
pulses of light, rather than pulses of electricity, to transmit data in a
network, and uses fiber optic connections instead of wires. Optical networking
can be used to transmit much more information over a given connection than
electrical signals can convey. Optical networking advances, such as dense
wavelength division multiplexing, or DWDM, which allows transmission of several
frequencies of light over one strand of optical fiber, have enabled still higher
data transmission rates and improved efficiency of bandwidth utilization.
Currently available DWDM technology enables the transmission of up to 128
frequencies which allows a service provider to multiply the transmission
capacity of a fiber optic network by a factor of up to 128.


      PACKET/CELL TECHNOLOGIES HAVE NOT KEPT UP WITH OPTICAL TECHNOLOGIES.  Many
service providers are installing DWDM equipment and are increasingly focusing on
combining IP and optical networking technologies. However, traditional packet
switching equipment is not capable of forwarding packets at rates sufficient to
keep pace with optical transmission speeds. As affordable fiber optic
transmission capacity becomes widely available, the performance and complexity
of current packet/cell switching architectures is increasingly constraining the
growth of the Internet.

      The intersection of traditional packet/cell switching and fiber optic
technology is demonstrated by the following diagram:
                                      LOGO

THE NEW REQUIREMENTS OF THE INTERNET

      The reliability and performance of current Internet infrastructure
equipment have become critical issues for service providers as they continue to
support dramatic growth in IP traffic and increasingly seek to offer new revenue
generating, mission-critical services, such as Virtual Private Networks, or
VPNs, and voice-over IP. New requirements for next generation networks are
driving a set of new requirements for Internet infrastructure equipment,
including:

- - high reliability;

- - high performance;

                                       33
<PAGE>   35

- - high performance under stressful conditions;

- - scalability;

- - interoperability;

- - reduced complexity; and

- - cost effectiveness.

      HIGH RELIABILITY. As businesses and consumers increasingly rely on the
Internet for mission-critical applications, high network reliability becomes
essential. Service providers are increasingly expected to provide a similar
degree of reliability on the Internet that users have become accustomed to on
the traditional telephone network. The "five nines" (99.999%) reliability
standard of the traditional telephone network is becoming the target to which
suppliers of next-generation Internet platforms are being compared. As service
providers begin to bundle voice and data on their networks, this high degree of
reliability is becoming even more critical.


      HIGH PERFORMANCE. To handle the rapid growth in IP traffic, today's
networks increasingly require routers that can operate at interface speeds as
high as 2.5 billion bits of information per second, or Gbps, and in the near
future, 10 Gbps. The processing of data packets at these high speeds requires
sophisticated forwarding technology to inspect each packet and assign it to a
destination based on priority, data type and other considerations. Since a large
number of IP packets, many of which perform critical administrative functions,
are small in size, high performance Internet routers need to achieve their
specified transmission speeds even for small packet sizes. Since smaller packets
increase packet processing demands, routing large numbers of smaller packets
tends to be more resource intensive than routing of larger packets. Routers
based on general-purpose microprocessors traditionally are unable to forward
small packets at maximum rates, and, as a consequence, fail to operate at wire
speed, which results in data loss, packet retransmission and network
instability. A wire speed router, which achieves its specified transmission rate
for any type of traffic passing through it, can accomplish this task. Unlike the
enterprise environment, where network capacity is relatively inexpensive and
service quality requirements are not as demanding, the additional capacity and
related costs of network bandwidth and low service levels resulting from
retransmission of dropped packets are increasingly unacceptable to service
providers. Thus, provisioning of mission-critical services increasingly requires
the high performance enabled by wire speed processing.



      HIGH PERFORMANCE UNDER STRESSFUL CONDITIONS. In a large and complex
network, individual components inevitably fail. However, the failure of an
individual device or link must not compromise the network as a whole. In a
typical network, when a failure occurs, the network loses some degree of
capacity and, in turn, a greater load falls on the remaining network routers,
which must provide alternate routes. Routers must quickly adjust to the new
state of the network to maintain packet forwarding rates and avoid dropping
significant numbers of packets when active routes are lost or when large numbers
of routes change. Routing protocols are used to accomplish this convergence, a
process that places even greater stress on the router. Given the complexity of
Internet infrastructure, particularly compared to enterprise networks, the
convergence process is far more complex and places a far greater load on the
routing software, thereby requiring a much more sophisticated device.



      SCALABILITY. Due to the rapid growth in Internet users and IP traffic,
service providers must continuously expand their networks, both in terms of
increased numbers of access points of presence, or PoPs, and also greater
capacity per PoP. To facilitate this expansion process, Internet infrastructure
equipment must be highly scalable. Next generation routers therefore need to be
upgradeable and configurable to function within constantly changing networks
while incurring minimal downtime.


      INTEROPERABILITY. Service providers do not have the time or inclination to
change their existing networks to favor introduction of new products; rather,
new products must be compatible with the existing environment. Given the open
and inter-connected nature of the Internet, the complexity of running an

                                       34
<PAGE>   36

Internet backbone network requires a service provider to control and police
relations with other service providers. For example, service providers must
carefully control what traffic is accepted under what conditions from other
providers. Major service providers connect their respective networks via peering
arrangements, in which service providers agree to exchange traffic with one
another. These arrangements are prone to abuse, such as the illicit use by one
service provider of another service provider's backbone to carry excess traffic.
Service provider relationships are controlled by a set of rules called policies,
implemented through a data protocol called Border Gateway Protocol 4, or BGP4.
The software in each router must offer 100% compatibility with all aspects of
BGP4, as well as 100% compatibility with the interior protocols and standards
used within each service provider's backbone network. The compatibility level
must be maintained despite changes to software equipment configuration and
network architecture and upgrades to the various protocol standards. Thus,
routing software must be flexible and quickly upgradeable to support any
necessary revisions. This level of compatibility, in turn, cannot impact the
performance, scalability or reliability of the equipment. Attaining this
sophisticated level of interoperability is highly challenging and requires
significant testing to ensure compatibility.

      REDUCED COMPLEXITY.  Today's Internet architectures are highly complex.
Since traditional routers have not fully met service providers' needs, many
service providers have tried to improve Internet backbone performance by adding
additional network devices such as ATM switches in the core of the network. As a
result, service providers have built networks with ATM switches surrounded by an
overlay network of lower capacity routers. These different layers of equipment
lead to higher capital costs and the need to manage distinct network elements.
ATM switches are also poorly suited to carrying IP traffic, which results in
inefficient use of network bandwidth. Moreover, this network design can cause
unpredictable router behavior during periods of stress because the routers are
not aware of the ATM backbone infrastructure and thus cannot quickly converge if
there is a partial network outage.

                                       35
<PAGE>   37

      This type of layered backbone network with a complex patchwork of products
based on different technologies is represented below:

                                      LOGO


      COST EFFECTIVENESS. Exponential growth in IP traffic and intense price
competition in the telecommunications market is increasingly requiring service
providers to seek solutions that significantly reduce the capital expenditures
required to build and operate their networks. In addition to the basic cost of
equipment such as routers, service providers incur substantial ancillary costs
in terms of space required to deploy the equipment, power consumption and
on-going operations and maintenance. Service providers therefore want to deploy
dense and varied equipment configurations in limited amounts of rack and floor
space. Currently, service providers are moving from OC-3 (155 million bits per
second, or Mbps) and OC-12 (622 Mbps) speed networks at the core to higher
capacity OC-12 and OC-48 (2.5 gigabits per second, or Gbps) speed networks. In
turn, the connections from each PoP to the core are evolving from 100 Mbps and
OC-3 speeds to gigabit and OC-12 transmission rates. Therefore, in order to
continue to scale their networks toward higher data speeds in a cost effective
manner, service providers need the ability to mix and match easily many
different speed connections at appropriate densities, without significantly
increasing the consumption of space or power.


      There is a clear need for next generation routers that can support high
speeds and offer new IP-based services. Network operators are eagerly seeking
new solutions that increase the level of scalability and reliability within
their networks and reduce the cost and complexity of their architectures.

                         THE JUNIPER NETWORKS SOLUTION

      We develop, market and sell what we believe is the first commercially
available purpose-built Internet backbone router optimized for the specific high
performance needs of service providers. Our flagship product, the M40 Internet
backbone router, combines the features of our JUNOS Internet Software,
high-performance ASIC-based

                                       36
<PAGE>   38

packet forwarding technology and Internet-optimized architecture.

      JUNOS INTERNET SOFTWARE. Our Internet software, called JUNOS, is one of
our key competitive differentiators. JUNOS is designed to meet the IP network
routing, operations and control requirements of the world's largest service
providers and is an integral component of the M40 system architecture. The
ability of JUNOS to manage the complex network sharing relationships among
service providers allows the M40 to be placed at critical points in the core of
a service provider's network. The JUNOS Internet Software allows the M40 to have
widespread network placement due to its interoperability with Cisco's
Internetwork Operating System, or IOS, currently the most broadly deployed
routing operating system. The ability to coexist has enabled the M40 to achieve
successful deployment where other products in the past have failed.


      Unconstrained by legacy routing software, we developed JUNOS using a
modular design, in which distinct functions are implemented as separate modules
with well defined interfaces and interactions, simplifying troubleshooting and
maintenance. JUNOS operates in protected memory mode. These features keep
functionality distinct, and minimize the impact of any failure that may occur to
the specific software application in which the failure occurs. Also, we believe
JUNOS' software modularity will enable the continuous upgrade of new enhanced
capabilities, while protecting reliability and compatibility with existing
networks. The design and development of the JUNOS Internet Software has been
possible due to the significant Internet engineering expertise of our
development team. Our expert engineers have authored or co-authored 22 Requests
for Comments, which are documents by industry experts that define major
standards for Internet protocols.


      HIGH PERFORMANCE ASIC-BASED PACKET FORWARDING TECHNOLOGY. The M40 Internet
backbone router contains five major integrated circuits that we designed and
built using the most advanced ASIC technology. These ASICs contain over five
million gates in total, with three of the designs each having a larger number of
transistors than the Intel Pentium II microprocessor. The result is a system
that is substantially faster than today's general purpose microprocessor based
routers in its ability to process and forward IP packets, allowing the M40 to
deliver high performance at wire speed. The ability to enhance and implement
large scale ASICs will be a long-term differentiator for us, particularly as the
sophistication required to forward traffic across higher speed networks
increases. We expect to leverage our existing ASIC technology in future products
and continue to capitalize on our advanced ASIC design capabilities.

      INTERNET OPTIMIZED ARCHITECTURE. As a purpose-built Internet backbone
router, the M40 employs an architecture designed exclusively for the Internet.
The M40 system architecture provides a clean separation between the routing and
packet-forwarding functions. Separating these two functions enables us to
develop independently a full-featured routing protocol and traffic engineering
functionality through our JUNOS Internet Software and wire speed packet
forwarding performance through high performance ASICs. Furthermore, with the
routing and forwarding functions segregated, the M40 does not sacrifice
performance, even when there is a failure in the network. When a failure occurs,
JUNOS detects the failure and is able to quickly converge to the new state of
the network while the ASICs continue to forward packets at wire speed until they
receive updated routes from JUNOS.

      The key benefits of our solution are:

- - carrier class reliability;

- - wire speed performance;

- - scalability;

- - interoperability;

- - flexibility;

- - reduced complexity; and

- - cost effectiveness.

      CARRIER CLASS RELIABILITY. The M40's system architecture provides reliable
operation for service providers in large

                                       37
<PAGE>   39

complex networks even under abnormal conditions. This architecture, combined
with JUNOS' modular software design, limits the impact of a failure to the
specific software application. In addition, the hardware used in the M40 has
been designed with a very high level of integration to maximize the mean time
between failure. Moreover, data and instructions have appropriate error
correction and parity checks in memory to guarantee their integrity.

      WIRE SPEED PERFORMANCE. We believe the M40 is the first Internet backbone
router that can forward minimum-sized IP packets over OC-48 links at wire speed.
This maximizes network stability and the capacity utilization of expensive wide
area circuits. In contrast to available solutions, the M40 is able to maintain
packet forwarding rates and to avoid dropping significant numbers of packets
when active routes are lost or when large numbers of routes change.

      SCALABILITY. Our JUNOS Internet Software is designed to accommodate
service providers' scale requirements. In addition, the ASIC interface links
have been oversized, enabling the M40 to easily scale with growing levels of
data traffic. We believe our software and ASIC designs represent a competitive
advantage, because it is very difficult for existing vendors to graft these
capabilities to their prior generation designs.

      INTEROPERABILITY. The M40 has demonstrated consistent interoperability
with existing network infrastructures. Our internal test environments confirm
interoperability with Cisco routers, a variety of leading ATM and Gigabit
Ethernet switches and SONET add drop multiplexers. Deployment of the M40 at
several major carriers has demonstrated that JUNOS is interoperable with
installed Cisco routers for both routing and administration. In addition, JUNOS
enables service providers to manage their complex peering relationships with
other service providers despite frequent software, equipment configuration and
network architecture changes.

      FLEXIBILITY. Our ASICs are programmable and provide the flexibility to add
support for new protocols or changes in existing protocols. Since JUNOS is
modular in architecture and already supports existing and emerging protocols, it
is also a platform for efficiently introducing new interfaces and new services
in the network.


      REDUCED COMPLEXITY. The M40 is purpose-built for service providers and
allows a simple and more structured approach to building Internet backbones
compared to the complex topologies in place today. With the M40, service
providers can build more efficient networks with less dependence on devices like
ATM switches, which reduce the operational burdens of running multiple distinct
network layers.


      Additionally, the M40 offers a thorough implementation of traffic
engineering based on MPLS, including the ability to dynamically adapt traffic
flows according to rules adopted by the network operator. Traffic engineering
refers to a set of capabilities for understanding underlying traffic trends in
the network and maximizing the utilization of the network on multiple
dimensions.

                                      LOGO

                                       38
<PAGE>   40

      COST EFFECTIVENESS.  We have integrated these customer benefits into a
system that provides critical routing and forwarding functions at lower overall
cost. The M40's wire speed performance allows service providers to reduce
network operating cost by making more efficient use of their networks. In
addition, we designed the M40 to support a broad variety and density of
interfaces in a unit that occupies half a typical telecommunications rack. As a
result, service providers can cost effectively deploy the M40, which can be
easily upgraded, to connect to a variety of speed and circuit types at the
network core.

                         THE JUNIPER NETWORKS STRATEGY

      Our objective is to become the primary supplier of high performance
Internet backbone infrastructure. The key elements of our strategy include:

- - leverage early lead as supplier of purpose-built Internet infrastructure;

- - work very closely with key customers;


- - increase penetration at major service providers;



- - leverage early success to penetrate new customers rapidly;


- - expand sales and distribution network;

- - maintain and extend technology leadership; and

- - enable new IP-based services.

      LEVERAGE EARLY LEAD AS SUPPLIER OF PURPOSE-BUILT INTERNET
INFRASTRUCTURE. From inception we have focused solely on designing and building
Internet infrastructure for service providers. We have integrated purpose-built
software and hardware into an Internet optimized architecture that specifically
meets service providers' needs and have seen significantly positive initial
responses from our existing and potential customers. We believe that many of
these customers will deploy Internet backbone infrastructure equipment from only
a few vendors. The purpose-built advantages of the M40 provide us with a
time-to-market lead, which is a critical advantage in gaining rapid penetration
as one of these selected vendors. Once our products are widely deployed in a
service provider's network as the primary or even secondary Internet backbone
infrastructure equipment, we create a significant barrier to entry to potential
competitors who do not currently offer commercially-viable next generation
routing solutions.


      WORK VERY CLOSELY WITH KEY CUSTOMERS. In developing the M40 and JUNOS
Internet Software, we worked very closely with customers to design and build a
product specifically to meet their complex needs. Since JUNOS has been available
and used by our customers for over a year, we understand clearly the challenges
facing these carriers, enabling us to subsequently design additional features
and capabilities into both our software and hardware. We believe our close
relationships with, and constant feedback from, our customers have been key
elements in our design wins and rapid deployment to date. We plan to continue to
work very closely with our key customers to implement enhancements to current
products as well as to design future products that specifically meet their
evolving needs. We are also actively involved with these customers in developing
key standards, such as MPLS, and are an active participant in standards
organizations such as the Internet Engineering Task Force and the Optical
Internetworking Forum.



      INCREASE PENETRATION AT MAJOR SERVICE PROVIDERS. Our initial focus has
been to penetrate several of the largest service providers, where operators have
the technical sophistication, resources and desire to test and evaluate our
solution against potential alternatives. While we have received initial orders
from major service providers, such as UUNet, Cable & Wireless, IBM Global
Services, Frontier GlobalCenter and Verio, we believe that there is a
significant opportunity to further penetrate these large and complex networks
given the advantages of the M40. As the growth of the Internet requires these
service providers to continue to build their networks and replace outdated
equipment, we will pursue further opportunities to capture greater market share
within these large accounts.


                                       39
<PAGE>   41


      LEVERAGE EARLY SUCCESSES TO PENETRATE NEW CUSTOMERS RAPIDLY. We believe
that the Internet infrastructure equipment buying patterns of the medium and
smaller-sized service providers typically lag behind those of the larger service
providers. Since the network challenges that the large service providers face
today are likely to be the problems encountered by smaller service providers in
the near future, we believe smaller service providers are likely to deploy
equipment similar to larger service providers. Furthermore, smaller service
providers often lack the technical resources to thoroughly test different
vendors' products. Therefore, they typically piggyback on larger service
providers' evaluation efforts by purchasing the same platforms deployed by the
larger service providers. Since we have begun to sell to several of the largest
service providers, we intend to leverage this success by allocating our
marketing efforts towards a greater number of medium and smaller-sized service
providers.



      EXPAND SALES AND DISTRIBUTION NETWORK. In order to pursue the large number
of potential customers for our Internet infrastructure solutions, we plan to
aggressively add to our sales and distribution capabilities. We are adding to
our direct sales and support capabilities for our major customers in North
America and adding value-added resellers, system integrators and distributors to
sell to and support our other domestic and international customers. In addition
to our strategic original equipment manufacturer relationship with Ericsson, we
are adding distribution partners on a country specific basis. In the quarter
ended March 31, 1999, we added seven salespeople and announced the opening of a
European office and a presence in Asia.


      MAINTAIN AND EXTEND TECHNOLOGY LEADERSHIP. Our Internet software, ASIC
technology and Internet-optimized architecture have been key elements to
establishing our technology leadership. We believe that these elements are
highly leverageable into future products we are currently building. We intend to
maintain and extend our technological leadership in the Internet infrastructure
market through continued significant investment in JUNOS Internet Software and
ASIC designs to enhance the feature richness of the M40 and to develop future
differentiated offerings for service providers.

      ENABLE NEW IP-BASED SERVICES. Our platform enables service providers to
build networks cost effectively and to offer new differentiated services for
their customers more efficiently than conventional products. While we believe
that current service providers are likely to be the largest and most successful
IP network operators in the near term, many new service providers are likely to
emerge oriented around the delivery of IP-based services. These services, which
include web hosting, outsourced Internet and intranet services, VPNs, outsourced
enterprise applications and voice-over IP, are cost-effectively enabled by our
Internet infrastructure platform. Although the market for our products today is
driven primarily by the need for traditional Internet network capacity, as other
IP-based services and applications continue to grow in importance, the total
potential market for our products will continue to grow commensurately.

                                   TECHNOLOGY


      Our core technology consists of our Internet backbone router architecture,
JUNOS Internet Software and ASIC hardware expertise. Our general-purpose
architecture is initially embodied in the M40, but also is designed to serve as
the platform for future generations of products.


                                       40
<PAGE>   42

M40 ARCHITECTURE

      The following diagram illustrates the architecture of the M40 Internet
backbone router:
                                      LOGO

      The M40 architecture delivers the forwarding rates and network control
necessary to scale Internet backbones rapidly and reliably. The M40 system
includes a Routing Engine, or RE, and a Packet Forwarding Engine, or PFE. The
clean separation of the routing and forwarding functions ensures that the two
functions do not compete for the same resources.


      THE ROUTING ENGINE. The RE consists of the JUNOS Internet Software
operating on an Intel-based platform. The JUNOS Internet Software features
Internet-scale protocol support, with flexible policy software that enables
maximum control over the acceptance, modification and advertisement of route
prefixes. In addition, the JUNOS Internet Software offers a range of
configuration management tools that simplify the configuration process and help
protect against operator error. The RE conducts the processing intensive
activity of maintaining the routing table, from which the forwarding table
residing in the PFE is derived. The RE is connected to the PFE through a
dedicated 100 Mbps link. After constructing or updating the forwarding table,
the RE downloads a copy of the table to the PFE. Updates to the forwarding table
are done atomically in small incremental steps so that packet forwarding is not
interrupted by routing changes.



      THE PACKET FORWARDING ENGINE. The M40 delivers wire speed packet
forwarding using our ASIC designs. All links between ASICs are oversized,
dedicated channels, and the PFE architecture is free from the bottlenecks faced
by traditional crossbar switches, which use intelligent agent software to
perform both routing and forwarding functions over multiple connections to
either parts of the network. Bottleneck can occur in a crossbar switch because
the routing and forwarding functions are not separated. The heart of the PFE is
the Internet Processor ASIC. With over one million gates and a lookup rate of
over 40 million packets per second, or Mpps, the Internet Processor represents
the largest and fastest route lookup ASIC currently available, capable of
processing data at throughput rates in excess of 40 Gbps.



      All lookup rates reflect longest-match route table lookups for all packets
and all lookups are performed in hardware. There is no caching mechanism, which
is a mechanism by which critical information, such as destinations for traffic,
is stored in rapidly accessible memory to make the process of looking up traffic
destinations faster. In addition there is no risk of cache misses in the system
which can result in slower storage access and thus considerably slower traffic
delivery. In addition, the forwarding table can be updated without affecting
forwarding rates. The Internet Processor is programmable to support up to four
different forwarding tables (layer 2 and/or layer 3) simultaneously. Supported
forwarding protocols currently


                                       41
<PAGE>   43


include unicast and multicast IPv4 and MPLS. Finally, the Internet Processor
maintains its performance regardless of length of lookups or table size.



      The PFE also features a shared memory system with single-stage buffering,
so packets are written to and read from memory only once. Single-stage buffering
greatly reduces the complexities and throughput delays associated with
multistage buffering systems. The pooled memory is distributed across the
Flexible PIC Concentrator, or FPC, cards, allowing memory to scale as interfaces
are added. The Internet Processor also features prefix accounting mechanisms
that operate at rates in excess of 20 Mpps.


JUNOS INTERNET SOFTWARE: TRAFFIC ENGINEERING AND CONTROL

      JUNOS Internet Software offers a full suite of Internet-scale,
Internet-tested routing protocols. Protocols and software tools, which are used
to control and direct network traffic, are critical to an Internet backbone
routing solution. Software control is made more important by the fact that the
size and complexity of backbone networks are increasing at a time when service
providers are looking to differentiate themselves through value-added service
offerings.


      JUNOS Internet Software features implementations of all major Internet
protocols, including BGP4, DVMRP, PIM, IS-IS, Open Shortest Path First. IS-IS
and Open Shortest Path First are algorithms broadly used in enterprise networks
and by service providers to determine and update the running state of the
network and available destinations in the network. These implementations were
developed in-house by our design team which has extensive experience in
addressing the scaling issues of rapidly growing service providers.



      JUNOS Internet Software also provides a new level of traffic engineering
capabilities with its implementation of MPLS. Developed in conjunction with the
Internet Engineering Task Force, our MPLS capability offers enhanced visibility
into traffic patterns and the ability to control the path traffic takes through
the network. Path selection enables service providers to engineer traffic for
efficient use of network capacity and avoidance of congestion. We expect MPLS
and its traffic engineering capabilities to become a crucial tool for service
providers as they scale their networks.



      JUNOS Internet Software features a modular design, with separate programs
running in protected memory space in conjunction with an independent operating
system. Unlike monolithic, unprotected operating system designs, which are prone
to system wide failure, the protected, modular approach improves reliability by
ensuring that modifications made to one module have no unwanted side-effects on
other sections of the software. In addition, having clean software interfaces
between modules facilitates software development and maintenance, enabling
faster response to customer needs and delivery of new features.


      JUNOS Internet Software has been extensively tested in multiple service
provider networks to ensure compatibility with Cisco's IOS. Since each major
service provider's network is different, this extensive testing is necessary to
ensure seamless introduction into existing service provider environments.

                                    PRODUCTS

M40 INTERNET BACKBONE ROUTER

      The M40 Internet backbone router is specifically designed for the
specialized needs of service providers. The M40 features leading-edge
packet-forwarding performance, very high port density and flexibility, and
purpose-built Internet software. The M40 delivers higher speed performance for
service providers than current alternatives. The M40 helps solve the critical
problem of managing backbone networks by ensuring greater control over traffic
and better use of network capacity and by providing service providers

                                       42
<PAGE>   44

with the necessary traffic engineering tools, such as MPLS.
                                      LOGO

FEATURES OF THE M40 INTERNET BACKBONE ROUTER

      PORT DENSITY PER RACK-INCH. Our M40 Internet backbone router offers very
high port density per rack-inch, ensuring optimal use of valuable and scarce PoP
rack space. Because the forwarding engine is oversized, all interfaces perform
at wire speed for all packet sizes.

      The M40 router features a highly flexible combination of backbone
interface speeds on the market today. In a 35-inch chassis, the M40 router
provides 8 OC-48/STM-16, 32 OC-12/STM-4, 128 OC-3/STM-1 or 128 DS3 interfaces.
M40 interfaces are located on Physical Interface Cards, or PICs, which plug into
FPC boards. There are eight FPC slots on the M40 and each FPC slot supports up
to four PICs and an aggregate throughput rate of more than 2.5 Gbps. In addition
to supporting wire speed OC-48 interfaces, each FPC supports various
combinations of interfaces, permitting the mixing of interface types and speeds
on a single FPC. Supported PIC interfaces include:

- - 1-port OC-48/STM-16 SONET/SDH;

- - 1-port OC-12/STM-4 SONET/SDH;

- - 1-port OC-12/STM-4 ATM;

- - 4-port OC-3/STM-1 SONET/SDH;

- - 2-port OC-3/STM-1 ATM;

- - 4-port DS3; and

- - 1-port Gigabit Ethernet.

      The PIC interface cards are sold both as part of the initial product
configuration and also, subsequently, as add-on items. Interfaces are typically
added as the customer's network expands or the capacity of individual links is
upgraded.

      CLASS-OF-SERVICE FLEXIBILITY. The M40 router is designed for a variety of
class-of-service applications. The M40's queuing mechanism is based on a
weighted round-robin selection among multiple queues on outgoing interfaces.
Queues can be configured with drop profiles to control the rate of packet drops
based on utilization of buffer capacity.

      LOW POWER CONSUMPTION. As provider PoPs have grown and become more fully
populated with systems, power consumption has become a significant concern.
Access to sufficient power can be a constraint on the ability of a facility to
support a larger network. Because of its low part count and efficient design,
our M40 Internet backbone router draws less than 1700 watts of power (35A at
48V) in a fully loaded configuration, enabling it to offer very high performance
and port density per watt.

      ENGINEERED FOR STRESSFUL CONDITIONS. The M40 architecture is designed to
reliably handle stressful network conditions. For example, the route lookup
capacity of our Internet Processor has been oversized with respect to interface
speeds. In addition, the separation of routing and processing enables the M40 to
converge quickly while maintaining wire speed.

      BUILT FOR RELIABILITY. In addition to preserving network reliability, the
M40 router

                                       43
<PAGE>   45

is designed to ensure system reliability. The M40's cooling system is fully
redundant to protect against individual fan failure. Similarly, the M40's dual
power supplies are fully redundant, each capable of supporting the full power
load of the system. The M40 can boot off of any one of multiple redundant
storage media, ensuring that the system remains operational in the event of a
disk failure. For software reliability, JUNOS Internet Software features a
protected, modular design with separate processes running in protected memory
space on top of an independent operating system. A modular design protects
against system wide failures, ensuring that modifications made to one module
have no unwanted side-effects on other portions of the code base. Finally, a low
component count and an efficient design combine to give the M40 system superior
reliability.

      The M40 base price list ranges between $45,000 and $55,000. PIC module
prices begin at $18,000.

                                   CUSTOMERS


     The following is a list of our customers that as of March 31, 1999, have
ordered at least $100,000 of products:



<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                             <C>
BACKBONE ISP:                   INTERNATIONAL (ASIA/EUROPE):    EDUCATION/GOVERNMENT:
AT&T Corporation                Ericsson                        MCI NSF-sponsored
Cable & Wireless, Inc.          Nissho Electronics              WorldCom-vBNS
Frontier GlobalCenter           Corporation                     University of Southern
IBM Global Services             NTT PC Communications, Inc.     California
PSINet, Inc.                    Oki Electric Industry Company,  University of Washington
TCG CERFnet, Inc.               Ltd.
UUNET
Verio Inc.

CONTENT SITE/HOSTING:           MULTISERVICE IP:
AboveNet Communications, Inc.   The Data Place, Inc.
Conxion Corporation             QWEST Communications
Exodus Communications, Inc.     International Inc.
</TABLE>



     In the quarter ended March 31, 1999, we recognized revenue from shipments
to six of these customers. Revenues from significant customers as a percentage
of net revenues are as follows:



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               THREE MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                              DEC. 31, 1998   MARCH 31, 1999
                                                              -------------   --------------
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
*UUNet......................................................       78%              40%
 Ericsson...................................................       22%               9%
*MCI WorldCom-vBNS..........................................       --               15%
 Verio......................................................       --               16%
</TABLE>


- ---------------

* Subsidiaries of MCI WorldCom, each of which run separate networks and make
  separate purchasing decisions.


                              SALES AND MARKETING


      We sell and market our products through a combination of our direct sales
organization, value-added resellers, a strategic original equipment manufacturer
partner relationship and country specific distributors.


      DIRECT SALES. Our North American direct sales organization is divided into
Western and Eastern regional operations. Our direct sales

                                       44
<PAGE>   46

efforts are focused on the largest service providers. The direct sales account
managers cover the market on an assigned account basis and work as a team with
account oriented systems engineers. They are directed by a regional operations
manager who reports to the North American Director of Sales. We also have a team
of consulting engineers that provide our customers with guidance and assistance
on the evolution of their networks as it relates to the deployment of our
products. These consulting engineers also help in defining the features that are
required for our products to be successful in specific applications. A key
feature in our selling effort is the relationship we establish at various levels
in our customers' organization. Our sales team maintains contact with key
individuals who have service planning and infrastructure buildout
responsibility.


      VALUE-ADDED RESELLERS. We plan to complement our direct sales effort in
the United States through the addition of a small number of highly focused
value-added resellers. Our arrangements with value-added resellers typically
have been non-exclusive and provide the value-added reseller with discounts
based upon the volume of their orders.



      ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER PARTNER. We have established a strategic
distribution relationship with Ericsson. We believe that Ericsson has
significant customer relationships in place and offers products which complement
ours. Ericsson will provide the first level of support to its customers. Our
agreement with Ericsson allows Ericsson to distribute our products on a
worldwide, non-exclusive basis with discounts based upon the volume of orders
received through Ericsson.


      INTERNATIONAL DISTRIBUTORS. In order to further our international sales
objectives, we are establishing a number of country specific distributors. These
distributors have expertise in deploying complex Internet infrastructure
equipment in their respective markets and provide the first level of support
required by our international customers.

      As of March 31, 1999, we employed 30 people in our sales support and
marketing organizations.

                          CUSTOMER SERVICE AND SUPPORT


      We believe that a broad range of support services is essential to the
successful installation and ongoing support of the M40. We have hired support
engineers with proven Internet experience. We offer services in the following
areas: 24 hours a day, seven days a week technical assistance (on-line,
telephone and on-site), professional services, educational services, logistics
services and web-based information.



      We offer a variety of flexible and comprehensive support programs,
including basic hardware and software warranty services, next day onsite parts
and labor, 24 hours a day, seven days a week same day parts and labor and
on-site resident engineers. We deliver these services directly to major end
users and also utilize a two-tiered support model, leveraging the capabilities
of our partners and third party organizations. We also train our partners in the
delivery of education and support services.


      Customer service and support provide front line product support and is the
problem resolution interface to our partners and direct end users. If customer
service and support are unable to resolve an issue themselves, they duplicate
the problem scenario and provide the failure information, such as logs, dumps,
traces and system configuration to appropriate subject matter experts in our
engineering department.

      Based on the severity of the problem and the impact to our customers'
network, there are strict escalation guidelines to ensure that the appropriate
technical resource and management attention is brought to bear on the problem in
a timeframe commensurate with problem priority. The overall goal is to fix the
problem, at the appropriate level, in the right timeframe in order to ensure our
customers' satisfaction.

      As of March 31, 1999, we employed 12 people in our customer service and
support organization, with the majority located

                                       45
<PAGE>   47

in our Mountain View, California corporate headquarters.

                            RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

      We have assembled a team of skilled engineers with extensive experience in
the fields of high end computing, network system design, Internet routing
protocols and embedded software. These individuals have been drawn from leading
computer data networking and telecommunications companies. In addition to
building complex hardware and software systems, the engineering team has
experience in delivering very large, highly integrated ASICs and extremely
scalable Internet software.

      Our research and development department is organized into teams that work
in parallel on several projects in a way similar to the development of
successive generations of complex microprocessors. As a result, we will seek to
offer our customers next generation products as they are needed.

      We believe that strong product development capabilities are essential to
our strategy of enhancing our core technology, developing additional
applications, incorporating that technology and maintaining the competitiveness
of our product and service offerings. We are leveraging our first generation
ASICs, developing additional network interfaces targeted to our customer
applications and continuing to develop next generation technology to support the
anticipated growth in network bandwidth requirements. We continue to expand the
functionality of our JUNOS Internet Software to improve performance and
scalability, and to provide an enhanced user interface.

      Our research and development process is driven by the availability of new
technology, market demand and customer feedback. We have invested significant
time and resources in creating a structured process for undertaking all product
development projects. This process involves all functional groups and all levels
within our company. Following an assessment of market demand, our research and
development team develops a full set of comprehensive functional product
specifications based on inputs from the product management and sales
organizations. This process is designed to provide a framework for defining and
addressing the steps, tasks and activities required to bring product concepts
and development projects to market.

      As of March 31, 1999, we employed 114 people in our research and
development group.


      Our research and development expenses totaled $6.2 million for the three
months ended March 31, 1999, $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1998,
$9.4 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 and $1.9 million for the
period from February 2, 1996, the date of our inception, to December 31, 1996.


                                 MANUFACTURING

      Our manufacturing operation is entirely outsourced. We have developed a
strategic relationship with Solectron, under which we have subcontracted our
manufacturing activity. This subcontracting activity extends from prototypes to
full production and includes activities such as material procurement, final
assembly, test, control and shipment to our customers. We design, specify and
monitor all of the tests that are required to meet internal and external quality
standards. This arrangement provides us with the following benefits:


- - we operate without dedicating any space to manufacturing operations;



- - we conserve the working capital that would be required for funding inventory;



- - we can adjust manufacturing volumes quickly to meet changes in demand; and



- - we can quickly deliver products to customers through Solectron's turnkey
  manufacturing and drop shipment capabilities.


      Our ASICs are manufactured by IBM using its 0.25 micron process. IBM is
responsible for all aspects of the production of the ASICs using our proprietary
designs.

                                       46
<PAGE>   48

                                  COMPETITION

      Competition in the Internet infrastructure market is intense. This market
has historically been dominated by Cisco with other companies such as Bay
Networks and Ascend providing products to a smaller segment of the market. In
addition, a number of private companies have announced plans for new products to
address the same problems which our products address.


      In order to compete effectively in the Internet Infrastructure market, a
company must deliver products which:



- - provide extremely high network reliability;



- - provide high performance interfaces and packet processing capabilities;



- - scale easily and efficiently with minimum disruption to the network;



- - interoperate with existing network designs and equipment vendors;



- - reduce the complexity of the network by decreasing the need for overlapping
  equipment; and


- - provide a cost-effective solution for service providers.


      For additional information on our competitors and the competitive risks
faced by us, see "Risk Factors -- We face intense competition that could
adversely affect our business."



                             INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY



      Our success and ability to compete are substantially dependent upon our
internally developed technology and know how. We have two patents issued
relating to high speed switching devices. These patents will expire in April 18,
2017 and December 16, 2016, respectively. In addition we have four patent
applications pending in the United States relating to the design of the M40 and
our future products. Our engineering teams have significant expertise in ASIC
design and we own all rights to the design of the ASICs which form the core of
the M40. Our JUNOS Internet Software was developed internally and is protected
by United States and other copyright laws.



      While we rely on patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark law to
protect our technology, we also believe that factors such as the technological
and creative skills of our personnel, new product developments, frequent product
enhancements and reliable product maintenance are essential to establishing and
maintaining a technology leadership position. There can be no assurance that
others will not develop technologies that are similar or superior to our
technology.



      Our success will depend upon our ability to obtain necessary intellectual
property rights and protect our intellectual rights. For additional information
regarding the risks associated with not successfully obtaining and protecting
necessary intellectual property rights, see "Risk Factors -- Our business will
be adversely affected if we are unable to protect our intellectual property
rights from third-party challenges."



                               LEGAL PROCEEDINGS


      We are not subject to any material legal proceedings.

                                   EMPLOYEES


      As of March 31, 1999, we had 190 full-time employees, 114 of whom were
engaged in research and development, 30 in sales and marketing, 12 in customer
support and 34 in finance, administration and operations. None of our employees
is represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages and
we consider our relations with our employees to be good.



      Our future performance depends in significant part upon the continued
service of our key technical, sales and senior management personnel, none of
whom is bound by an employment agreement requiring service for any defined
period of time. The loss of the services of one or more of our key employees
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations. Our future success also depends on our continuing ability
to attract,

                                       47
<PAGE>   49

train and retain highly qualified technical, sales and managerial personnel.
Competition for such personnel is intense, and there can be no assurance that we
can retain our key personnel in the future.

                                   FACILITIES


      We sublease approximately 60,000 square feet in two buildings located in
Mountain View, California. Approximately 33,000 square feet are subleased
pursuant to a sublease that expires December 31, 2001, and approximately 27,000
square feet are subleased pursuant to a lease that expires June 30, 2000. See
"Risk Factors -- If we fail to lease adequate additional space, our business
could be seriously harmed."


                                       48
<PAGE>   50

                                   MANAGEMENT

                        EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

     Our executive officers and directors and their ages, as of March 31, 1999,
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                                   AGE                          POSITION
- ----                                   ---                          --------
<S>                                    <C>   <C>
Scott Kriens.........................  41    President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the
                                             Board
Pradeep Sindhu.......................  46    Chief Technical Officer and Vice Chairman of the Board
Joe Furgerson........................  40    Vice President of Marketing
Marcel Gani..........................  46    Chief Financial Officer
Steven Haley.........................  44    Vice President of Worldwide Sales and Service
Gary Heidenreich.....................  50    Vice President of Operations
Peter L. Wexler......................  43    Vice President of Engineering
William R. Hearst III(1).............  49    Director
Vinod Khosla(2)......................  44    Director
C. Richard Kramlich(1)...............  63    Director
William Stensrud(2)..................  48    Director
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Member of audit committee



(2) Member of compensation committee



      SCOTT KRIENS has served as President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
of the board of directors of Juniper Networks since October 1996. From April
1986 to January 1996, Mr. Kriens served as Vice President of Sales and Vice
President of Operations at StrataCom, Inc., a telecommunications equipment
company, which he co-founded in 1986. Mr. Kriens received a B.A. in Economics
from California State University, Hayward.



      PRADEEP SINDHU co-founded Juniper Networks in February 1996 and served as
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors until September
1996. Since then, Dr. Sindhu has served as Vice Chairman of the board of
directors and Chief Technical Officer of Juniper Networks. From September 1984
to February 1991, Dr. Sindhu worked as a Member of the Research Staff, and from
March 1987 to February 1996, as the Principal Scientist, and from February 1994
to February 1996, as Distinguished Engineer at the Computer Science Lab, Xerox
Corporation, Palo Alto Research Center, a technology research center. Dr. Sindhu
holds a B.S.E.E. from the Indian Institute of Technology in Kanpur, an M.S.E.E.
from the University of Hawaii and a Masters in Computer Science and Ph.D. in
Computer Science from Carnegie-Mellon University.


      JOE FURGERSON joined Juniper Networks in January 1997. He served as our
Director of Marketing from January 1997 to September 1998 and has served as our
Vice President of Marketing since September 1998. From April 1994 to December
1996, Mr. Furgerson served as Director of Product Marketing, Network Systems
Division at 3Com Corporation, a data networking company. He holds a B.A. in
Economics from Claremont Men's College and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate
School of Business.

      MARCEL GANI joined Juniper Networks as Chief Financial Officer in February
1997. From January 1996 to January 1997, Mr. Gani served as Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer of NVIDIA Corporation, a 3D graphic processor company.
Mr. Gani also held the positions of Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
at Grand Junction Networks, a data networking company acquired by Cisco Systems,
Inc., from March 1995 to January 1996, and at Primary Access Corporation, a data
networking company
                                       49
<PAGE>   51

acquired by 3Com Corporation, from March 1993 to March 1995. Mr. Gani holds an
M.B.A. from the University of Michigan.

      STEVEN HALEY joined Juniper Networks as Vice President of Worldwide Sales
and Service in August 1997. Prior to joining Juniper Networks, Mr. Haley served
as Vice President of Sales at Cisco Systems, Inc., a data networking company,
from July 1996 to August 1997. From February 1990 to July 1996, he worked for
StrataCom, Inc., serving in a variety of management roles from Managing
Director, Europe to Vice President of Sales, Americas. He holds a B.S. in
Marketing from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst.

      GARY HEIDENREICH joined Juniper Networks in July 1997 as Vice President of
Operations. From August 1993 to July 1997, Mr. Heidenreich served as Vice
President of Systems Manufacturing at 3Com Corporation. Mr. Heidenreich holds an
M.B.A. from the University of Dallas and a B.S.I.E. from New Mexico State
University.

      PETER L. WEXLER joined Juniper Networks as Vice President of Engineering
in January 1997. From April 1995 to January 1997, Mr. Wexler served as Vice
President of Engineering at Bay Networks, a data networking company. From April
1993 to April 1995, Mr. Wexler served as Director of High-End Platform
Development at Wellfleet Communications, a predecessor to Bay Networks and a
manufacturer of high-performance routers. He holds a B.S.E. from State
University of New York at Stony Brook, an M.S.E. from the University of Illinois
and an M.B.A. from Boston University.


      WILLIAM R. HEARST III has served as a Director of Juniper Networks since
February 1996 and has served as a member of the audit committee since July 1998.
Mr. Hearst has been a General Partner of Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers, a
venture capital firm, since January 1995. From May 1995 to August 1996, he was
the founding Chief Executive Officer of At Home Corporation, a data networking
company and Internet service provider. Before joining Kleiner Perkins Caufield &
Byers, Mr. Hearst was editor and publisher of the San Francisco Examiner, a news
publication, for eleven years. Mr. Hearst also serves on the boards of At Home
Corporation, Hearst-Argyle Television and Com21, Inc. He is a fellow of the
American Association for the Advancement of Science and a Trustee of the
Carnegie Institute of Washington and the California Academy of Sciences. Mr.
Hearst holds an A.B. degree in Mathematics from Harvard University.



      VINOD KHOSLA has served a Director of Juniper Networks since February 1996
and has served as a member of the compensation committee since July 1998. Mr.
Khosla has been a General Partner with the venture capital firm of Kleiner
Perkins Caufield & Byers from February 1986 to the present. Mr. Khosla was a
co-founder of Daisy Systems Corporation, an electronic design automation
company, and the founding Chief Executive Officer of Sun Microsystems, Inc., a
computer and data networking company. Mr. Khosla also serves on the boards of
Asera, Cerent, Concentric Network Corporation, Corio Inc., Corvis Corporation,
Excite Inc., Siara Systems and QWEST Communications International Inc., as well
as several other private companies. Mr. Khosla holds a B.S.E.E. from the Indian
Institute of Technology in New Delhi, an M.S.E. from Carnegie-Mellon University,
and an M.B.A. from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.



      C. RICHARD KRAMLICH has served as a Director of Juniper Networks since
July 1996 and has been a member of the audit committee since July 1998. Mr.
Kramlich is the co-founder and has been a General Partner of New Enterprise
Associates, L.P., a venture capital fund, since 1978. He is a director of
Healtheon Corporation, Ascend Communications, Inc., Com 21, Inc., Lumisys, Inc.,
Silicon Graphics, Inc. and Chalone Wire Group, Inc. Mr. Kramlich holds a B.A.
from Northwestern University and an M.B.A. from Harvard Business School.



      WILLIAM STENSRUD has served as a Director of Juniper Networks since
October 1996 and has served as a member of the compensation committee since July
1998. Mr. Stensrud has been a General Partner with

                                       50
<PAGE>   52

the venture capital firm of Enterprise Partners from January 1997 to the
present. Mr. Stensrud was an independent investor and turn-around executive from
March 1996 to January 1997. During this period Mr. Stensrud served as President
at Paradyne Corporation and as a director of Paradyne Corporation, GlobeSpan
Corporation and Paradyne Partners LLP, all data networking companies. From
January 1992 to July 1995, Mr. Stensrud served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Primary Access Corporation, a data networking company acquired by
3Com Corporation. From the acquisition through March 1996, Mr. Stensrud served
as an executive at 3Com Corporation. From 1986 to 1992, Mr. Stensrud served as
the Marketing Vice President of StrataCom, Inc., a telecommunications equipment
company, which Mr. Stensrud co-founded. Mr. Stensrud also serves on the boards
of Rhythms Corporation, Paradyne Corporation and GlobeSpan Corporation. He holds
a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering and Computer Science from Massachusetts
Institute of Technology.

                               BOARD OF DIRECTORS


      Our board of directors currently consists of six authorized members. Upon
completion of this offering, our certificate of incorporation will provide for a
classified board of directors consisting of three classes of directors, each
serving staggered three-year terms. As a result, a portion of our board of
directors will be elected each year. To implement the classified structure,
prior to the consummation of the offering, two of the nominees to the board of
directors will be elected to one-year terms, two will be elected to two-year
terms and two will be elected to three-year terms. Thereafter, directors will be
elected for three-year terms. Messrs. Kriens and Stensrud have been designated
Class I Directors, whose terms expire at the 2000 annual meeting of
stockholders. Messrs. Khosla and Sindhu have been designated Class II Directors,
whose terms expire at the 2001 annual meeting of stockholders. Messrs. Hearst
and Kramlich have been designated Class III Directors, whose terms expire at the
2002 annual meeting of stockholders. This classification of the board of
directors may delay or prevent a change in control of our company or in our
management. See "Description of Capital Stock -- Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and
Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions."



      Executive officers are appointed by the board of directors on an annual
basis and serve until their successors have been elected and qualified. There
are no family relationships among any of our directors, officers or key
employees.


BOARD COMMITTEES


      We established an audit committee and a compensation committee in July
1998. The audit committee consists of Messrs. Hearst and Kramlich. The audit
committee reviews our internal accounting procedures and consults with and
reviews the services provided by our independent accountants.



      The compensation committee consists of Messrs. Khosla and Stensrud. The
compensation committee reviews and recommends to the board of directors the
compensation of all of our officers and directors, including stock compensation
and loans and establishes and reviews general policies relating to the
compensation and benefits of our employees.



COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION



      Prior to establishing the compensation committee, the board of directors
as a whole performed the functions delegated to the compensation committee. No
member of the board of directors or the compensation committee serves as a
member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that
has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors
or compensation committee.


DIRECTOR COMPENSATION


      We do not currently compensate in cash our directors for their service as
members of the board of directors, although they are reimbursed for certain
expenses in

                                       51
<PAGE>   53


connection with attendance at board of director and compensation committee
meetings. Under our 1996 Stock Plan, nonemployee directors are eligible to
receive stock option grants at the discretion of the board of directors or other
administrator of the plan. For further information regarding the provisions of
the 1996 Stock Plan, see "-- Incentive Stock Plans."


LIMITATIONS ON DIRECTORS' LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION


      Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of directors to the
maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. Delaware law provides that directors
of a corporation will not be personally liable for monetary damages for breach
of their fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:


- - any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

- - acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or
  a knowing violation of law;

- - unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions;
  or


- - any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.



      The limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under
the federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable
remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.



      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we will indemnify
our directors and officers and may indemnify our employees and other agents to
the fullest extent permitted by law. We believe that indemnification under our
bylaws covers at least negligence and gross negligence on the part of
indemnified parties. Our bylaws also permit us to secure insurance on behalf of
any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of
his or her actions in their capacity as an officer, director, employee or other
agent, regardless of whether the bylaws would permit indemnification.



      We have entered into agreements to indemnify our directors, executive
officers and controller, in addition to the indemnification provided for in our
bylaws. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our
directors, executive officers and controller for judgments, fines, settlement
amounts and certain expenses, including attorneys' fees incurred by the
director, executive officer or controller in any action or proceeding, including
any action by or in the right of Juniper Networks, arising out of the person's
services as a director, executive officer or controller of us, any of our
subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides
services at our request. We believe that these provisions and agreements are
necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and executive
officers.



      The limited liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit
against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty and may reduce the
likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even
though a derivative action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our
stockholders. A stockholder's investment in us may be adversely affected to the
extent we pay the costs of settlement or damage awards against our directors and
officers under these indemnification provisions.


      At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of
our directors, officers or employees in which indemnification is sought, nor are
we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for
indemnification.

                                       52
<PAGE>   54

                             EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION


      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE.  The following table sets forth the
compensation earned, awarded or paid for services rendered to us in all
capacities for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, by our Chief Executive
Officer and our four next most highly compensated executive officers who earned
more than $100,000 in salary and bonus during the fiscal year ended December 31,
1998, whom we refer to in this prospectus collectively as the "Named Executive
Officers":


                           SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            LONG-TERM
                                                           COMPENSATION
                                                              AWARDS
                                                           ------------
                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION     SECURITIES
                                    --------------------    UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITIONS         SALARY      BONUS       OPTIONS       COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------        ---------   --------   ------------   ---------------
<S>                                 <C>         <C>        <C>            <C>
Scott Kriens......................  $170,000    $    --        1,245          $1,200(1)
  President and Chief Executive
  Officer
Steven Haley......................   150,000     69,039       38,130           1,133(1)
  Vice President of Worldwide
  Sales and Service
Pradeep Sindhu....................   140,225     25,000        1,785           1,004(1)
  Chief Technical Officer
Peter Wexler......................   150,000         --        1,020           1,133(1)
  Vice President of Engineering
Marcel Gani.......................   150,000         --          915           1,133(1)
  Chief Financial Officer
</TABLE>

- ---------------

(1) Consists of premiums paid by us for term life insurance.

                                       53
<PAGE>   55


      OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR.  The following table shows certain
information regarding stock options granted to the Named Executive Officers
during the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998. All of these stock options were
granted under our 1996 Stock Plan and have a term of ten years, subject to
earlier termination in the event the optionees' services to us cease. See
"-- Incentive Stock Plan" for a description of material terms of these stock
options. See "Certain Transactions" for a description of the exercises of stock
options granted to the Named Executive Officers under the 1996 Stock Plan. In
accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, also shown
below is the potential realizable value over the term of the option (the period
from the grant date to the expiration date) based on assumed rates of stock
appreciation of 5% and 10%, compounded annually. These amounts are based on
certain assumed rates of appreciation and do not represent our estimate of our
future stock price. Actual gains, if any, on stock option exercises will be
dependent on the future performance of the common stock.


                       OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                      VALUE AT ASSUMED
                       NUMBER OF    PERCENT OF TOTAL                                ANNUAL RATES OF STOCK
                       SECURITIES   OPTIONS GRANTED                                   APPRECIATION FOR
                       UNDERLYING     TO EMPLOYEES       EXERCISE                      OPTION TERM(3)
                        OPTIONS          DURING           PRICE       EXPIRATION   -----------------------
NAME                    GRANTED        PERIOD(1)       PER SHARE(2)      DATE          5%          10%
- ----                   ----------   ----------------   ------------   ----------   ----------   ----------
<S>                    <C>          <C>                <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>
Scott Kriens.........     1,245(4)       0.035%           $1.67        8/16/08     $   42,537   $   68,964
Steven Haley.........    37,500(5)       1.076             0.83        5/13/08      1,312,714    2,108,713
                            630(4)       0.018             1.67        8/16/08         21,525       34,898
Pradeep Sindhu.......     1,785(6)       0.051             1.67        8/16/08         60,986       98,876
Peter Wexler.........     1,020(6)       0.029             1.67        8/16/08         34,849       56,501
Marcel Gani..........       915(4)       0.026             1.67        8/16/08         31,262       50,684
</TABLE>


- ---------------


(1) Based on an aggregate of 3,512,480 options granted by us during the fiscal
    year ended December 31, 1998, to our employees, directors and consultants,
    including the Named Executive Officers.



(2) Options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of
    our common stock, as determined in good faith by our board of directors.



(3) The potential realizable value is calculated based on the ten year term of
    the option at its time of grant. It is calculated assuming that the assumed
    initial public offering price of $22.00 per share appreciates at the
    indicated annual rate compounded annually for the entire term of the option
    and that the option is exercised and sold on the last day of its term for
    the appreciated stock price.



(4) As of March 31, 1999, each of the options for Messrs. Kriens, Haley and Gani
    listed in the table under this note had been exercised, but the shares
    purchased are subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price
    upon the optionee's cessation of services prior to vesting of the shares,
    which will be fully vested and no longer be subject to repurchase by us on
    August 16, 1999. See "Employment Agreements" for a description of
    accelerated vesting for Messrs. Kriens and Gani.



(5) As of March 31, 1999, the options for Mr. Haley listed in the table under
    this note had not been exercised, but the shares are subject to early
    exercise by Mr. Haley and are then subject to repurchase by us at the
    original exercise price upon Mr. Haley's cessation of service prior to
    vesting of such shares. The options for Mr. Haley under this note vested as
    to 25% on May 13, 1999, and the balance vests in a series of monthly
    installments over the next three years of service.



(6) As of March 31, 1999, none of the options for Messrs. Sindhu and Wexler
    listed in the table under this note had been exercised, but the shares are
    subject to early exercise by Messrs. Sindhu and Wexler and are then subject
    to repurchase by us at the original exercise price upon optionee's cessation
    of service prior to the vesting of such shares. These options shall fully
    vest and no longer be subject to repurchase by us on August 16, 1999.


                                       54
<PAGE>   56

      AGGREGATE OPTION EXERCISES AND OPTION VALUES.  The following table sets
forth information with respect to the Named Executive Officers concerning option
exercises for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, and exercisable and
unexercisable options held as of December 31, 1998:

     OPTION EXERCISES IN LAST FISCAL YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION VALUES


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                  UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED         VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                        OPTIONS AT              IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                         SHARES       VALUE          DECEMBER 31, 1998           DECEMBER 31, 1998(2)
                       ACQUIRED ON   REALIZED   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
NAME                    EXERCISE       (1)      EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- ----                   -----------   --------   -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                    <C>           <C>        <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
Scott Kriens.........     1,245(3)    $2,075          --           --          $     --       $     --
Pradeep Sindhu.......        --           --       1,785(4)        --            39,270             --
Marcel Gani..........       915(3)     1,525          --           --                --             --
Peter Wexler.........        --           --       1,020(4)        --            22,440             --
Steven Haley.........       630(3)     1,050      37,500(5)        --           825,000             --
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(1) Based on the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant, as
    determined by our board of directors, minus the exercise price, multiplied
    by the number of shares issued upon exercise of the option.



(2) The value of in-the-money options is based on an assumed initial public
    offering price of $22.00 per share, the fair market value of our stock on
    December 31, 1998, minus the per share exercise price, multiplied by the
    number of shares underlying the option.



(3) As of March 31, 1999, each of the options for Messrs. Kriens, Haley and Gani
    listed in the table under this note had been exercised, but the shares
    purchased are subject to repurchase by us at the original exercise price
    upon the optionee's cessation of services prior to vesting of the shares,
    which shares shall be fully vested and no longer subject to repurchase by us
    on August 16, 1999. See "Employment Agreements" for a description of
    accelerated vesting for Messrs. Kriens and Gani.



(4) As of March 31, 1999, none of the options for Messrs. Sindhu and Wexler
    listed in the table under this note had been exercised, but the shares are
    subject to early exercise by Messrs. Sindhu and Wexler and are then subject
    to repurchase by us at the original exercise price upon optionee's cessation
    of service prior to the vesting of the shares. These options shall be fully
    vested and no longer subject to repurchase by us on August 16, 1999.



(5) As of March 31, 1999, these options had not been exercised, but the shares
    are subject to early exercise by Mr. Haley and are then subject to
    repurchase by us at the original exercise price upon Mr. Haley's cessation
    of service prior to vesting of such shares. As of May 13, 1999, 25% of these
    options were vested and the balance vests in a series of monthly
    installments over the following three years.


                             INCENTIVE STOCK PLANS

1996 STOCK PLAN, (AS AMENDED ON APRIL 19, 1999)


      Our 1996 Stock Plan, as amended on April 19, 1999, provides for the grant
of incentive stock options to employees and nonstatutory stock options, or
incentive stock options and stock purchase rights to employees, directors and
consultants. A total of 19,187,500 shares of common stock have been reserved for
issuance under the 1996 Stock Plan. An annual increase will be added on the
first day of our fiscal year, beginning in 2000, equal to the lesser of:



- - 3,000,000 shares;



- - 5% of the outstanding shares on that date; or



- - a lesser amount determined by the board of directors.


                                       55
<PAGE>   57

As of March 31, 1999, options to purchase 4,291,564 shares of common stock were
outstanding and 4,813,669 shares available for future grant (including the
3,000,000 shares reserved for issuance on April 19, 1999).


      The compensation committee of the board of directors administers the 1996
Stock Plan and determines the terms of options granted, including the exercise
price, the number of shares subject to individual option awards and the vesting
period of the options. No employee may be granted options to purchase more than
1,000,000 shares in any fiscal year, except that in the initial year of
employment, the limit is 2,000,000 shares. The exercise price of incentive stock
option grants cannot be lower than 100% of the fair market value of the common
stock on the date of grant and, in the case of incentive stock options granted
to holders of more than 10% of our voting power, not less than 110% of the fair
market value. The term of an incentive stock option cannot exceed ten years, and
the term of an incentive stock option granted to a holder of more than 10% of
our voting power cannot exceed five years. Stock purchase rights may be issued
either alone, in addition to, or in tandem with other awards granted under the
1996 Stock Plan and/or cash awards made outside of the 1996 Stock Plan. Options
and stock purchase rights granted under our 1996 Stock Plan generally become
exercisable at the rate of 1/4 of the total number of shares subject to the
option twelve months after the date of grant, and 1/48 of the shares subject to
the option each month thereafter. Options not assumed or substituted by a
successor corporation in the event we are acquired, will terminate on the
closing date of the acquisition. The board of directors may amend, modify or
terminate the 1996 Stock Plan at any time as long as such amendment,
modification or termination does not impair the rights of plan participants with
respect to outstanding options under the 1996 Stock Plan. Our 1996 Stock Plan
will terminate in June 2006, unless terminated earlier by the board of
directors.



1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN



      Our 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan was adopted in April 1999, and will
be effective upon completion of this offering, subject to stockholder approval.
The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides our employees with an opportunity
to purchase common stock of Juniper Networks through accumulated payroll
deductions. A total of 500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for
issuance under the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, none of which had been
issued as of March 31, 1999. An annual increase will be added on the first day
of our fiscal year, beginning in 2000, equal to the lesser of:



- - 500,000 shares;



- - 1% of the outstanding shares on that date; or



- - a lesser amount determined by the board of directors.



The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be administered by our board of
directors or by a committee appointed by the board of directors. The 1999
Employee Stock Purchase Plan will permit eligible employees to purchase common
stock through payroll deductions of up to 10% of an employee's base compensation
on each pay day during the offering period, provided that no employee may
purchase more than 1,000 shares in any twelve-month period, and in no event may
an employee purchase more than $25,000 worth of stock, determined at the fair
market value of the shares at the time the option is granted, in one calendar
year. Any employee employed by us on a given enrollment date is eligible to
participate during that offering period, provided they remain employed by us for
the duration of that offering period. Unless the board of directors or its
committee determines otherwise, the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be
implemented in a series of offering periods, each approximately six months in
duration; provided, however, that the first offering period will be
approximately thirteen months in duration, ending on the last trading day on or
before July 31, 2000. Offering periods will begin on the first trading day on or
after August 1 and February 1 of each year and terminate on the last trading day
in the period six months later. However, the first offering period shall
commence on the date upon which the registration statement, of which this


                                       56
<PAGE>   58


prospectus is a part, is declared effective by the Commission and terminate on
the last trading day in the period ending July 31, 2000. In the event we are
acquired, offering and purchase periods then in progress will be shortened and
all options automatically exercised. The price at which common stock will be
purchased under the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan is equal to 85% of the
fair market value of the common stock on the first day of the applicable
offering period or the last day of the applicable purchase period, whichever is
lower. Employees may end their participation in the offering period at any time,
and participation automatically ends on termination of employment. The board of
directors may amend, modify or terminate the 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
at any time as long as the amendment, modification or termination does not
impair vesting rights of plan participants. The 1999 Employee Stock Purchase
Plan will terminate on April 18, 2009, unless terminated earlier in accordance
with its provisions.


                                  401(k) PLAN


      In 1996, we adopted a Retirement Savings and Investment Plan, or 401(k)
plan, covering our full-time employees located in the United States. The 401(k)
plan is intended to qualify under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended, so that contributions to the 401(k) plan by employees, and the
investment earnings thereon, are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from
the 401(k) plan. Pursuant to the 401(k) plan, employees may elect to reduce
their current compensation by up to the lesser of 20% of their annual
compensation or the statutorily prescribed annual limit ($10,000 in 1998) and to
have the amount of the reduction contributed to the 401(k) plan. The 401(k) plan
does not permit additional matching contributions to the 401(k) plan by us on
behalf of participants in the 401(k) plan.


                             EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS


      We entered into a severance agreement with Mr. Kriens on October 1, 1996,
which provides that he will be entitled to base compensation and benefit
payments for a period of three months, in the event that his employment is
terminated in connection with a change of control of Juniper Networks. Further,
Mr. Kriens' restricted stock would be released from any repurchase option and
his stock options would become vested and exercisable as to an additional amount
equal to that amount which would have vested and become exercisable had Mr.
Kriens remained employed for a period of 18 months following the change of
control. If his employment continues following a change of control, his stock
options will be vested and exercisable at a rate 1.5 times the rate otherwise
set forth in the stock option agreement for a period of twelve months following
the change of control. Under the employment agreement, Mr. Kriens is entitled to
receive three months' base compensation and benefits, regardless of whether
there is a change of control, in the event that his employment is involuntarily
terminated. Upon involuntary termination, and regardless of whether there has
been a change of control, Mr. Kriens' restricted stock and stock options would
become immediately vested and exercisable as to an additional amount equal to
the number of stock options which would have become vested and exercisable
during the three-month period following the involuntary termination had Mr.
Kriens remained employed with us.



      We entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Gani in February 1997,
which provides that he will be entitled to receive base compensation and
benefits for a period of three months, in the event of involuntary termination.
In the event of a change of control at Juniper Networks, the vesting of Mr.
Gani's stock options will accelerate as to that number of options equal to the
number of shares that would vest over the next 30 months in accordance with our
standard vesting schedule or the balance of his unvested stock, whichever amount
is less.


                                       57
<PAGE>   59

                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS


     Since our inception in February 1996, there has not been, nor is there
currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which
we were or are to be a party in which the amount involved exceeds $60,000, and
in which any director, executive officer, holder of more than 5% of our common
stock or any member of the immediate family of any of these people had or will
have a direct or indirect material interest other than compensation agreements
and other arrangements, which are described where required in "Management," and
the transactions described below.


TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND 5% STOCKHOLDERS

     COMMON STOCK.  On February 26, 1996, we issued 2,250,000 shares of common
stock at a price of $0.044 per share to Mr. Sindhu, one of our founders,
executive officers and directors.


     On June 11, 1996, we issued the following shares of common stock at a price
of $0.044 per share to the following purchasers, among others:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              SHARES OF
PURCHASER                                                    COMMON STOCK
- ---------                                                    ------------
<S>                                                          <C>
Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers VII.....................   5,493,749
KPCB VII Founders Fund.....................................     600,001
KPCB Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund II.................     156,249
</TABLE>

     Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers VII, KPCB VII Founders Fund and KPCB
Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund II are affiliated entities and together are
considered a holder of more than 5% of our common stock. Messrs. Khosla and
Hearst, two of our directors, are general partners of Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield
& Byers VII, KPCB VII Founders Fund and KPCB Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund
II. Messrs. Khosla and Hearst disclaim beneficial ownership of the securities
held by such entities, except for their proportional interests in the entities.


     SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK.  On June 11, 1996, we sold 1,743,751 shares of
our Series A Preferred Stock for $1.00 per share. Each share of Series A
Preferred Stock is convertible into 2.25 shares of common stock. The purchasers
of the Series A Preferred Stock included, among others:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AS CONVERTED
                                             SHARES OF        SHARES OF
PURCHASER                                  SERIES A STOCK    COMMON STOCK
- ---------                                  --------------    ------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>
Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers VII...    1,513,834        3,406,127
KPCB VII Founders Fund...................      165,333          371,999
KPCB Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund
  II.....................................       43,056           96,876
</TABLE>

     SERIES B PREFERRED STOCK.  On August 5, 1996, November 8, 1996, and
December 30, 1996, we sold a total of 3,333,334 shares, 484,683 shares, and
3,958 shares, respectively, of our Series B Preferred Stock for $2.40 per share.
In addition, on December 16, 1996, and June 18, 1997, we granted warrants
exercisable for 83,333 shares and 10,000 shares, respectively, of our Series B
Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $2.40. Each share of Series B Preferred
Stock is

                                       58
<PAGE>   60

convertible into 2.25 shares of common stock. The purchasers of the Series B
Preferred Stock included, among others:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             AS CONVERTED
                                             SHARES OF        SHARES OF
PURCHASER                                  SERIES B STOCK    COMMON STOCK
- ---------                                  --------------    ------------
<S>                                        <C>               <C>
Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers VII...      304,688          685,548
KPCB Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund
  II.....................................        7,812           17,577
New Enterprise Associates VI, Limited
  Partnership............................    1,214,583        2,732,812
NEA Presidents Fund, L.P. ...............       31,250           70,313
NEA Ventures 1996, L.P. .................        4,167            9,376
Kriens 1996 Trust U/T/A
  October 29, 1996.......................      364,683          820,537
Stensrud Family Trust U/T/A September 6,
  1993...................................      120,000          270,000
</TABLE>


     New Enterprise Associates VI, Limited Partnership and NEA Presidents Fund,
L.P. and NEA Ventures 1996, L.P. are affiliated entities and together are
considered a holder of more than 5% of our common stock. Mr. Kramlich, one of
our directors, is a partner of New Enterprise Associates VI, Limited Partnership
and NEA Presidents Fund, L.P. and NEA Ventures 1996, L.P. Mr. Kramlich disclaims
beneficial ownership of the securities held by these entities, except for his
proportional interest in the entities. Mr. Kriens, one of our directors and
executive officers and a holder of more than 5% of our common stock, is a
trustee of the Kriens 1996 Trust U/T/A October 29, 1996. Mr. Stensrud, one of
our directors, is a trustee of the Stensrud Family Trust U/T/A September 16,
1993.


     SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK.  On July 1, 1997, and September 30, 1997, we sold
4,479,286 shares and 671,892 shares, respectively, of our Series C Preferred
Stock for $8.93 per share. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock is convertible
into 2.25 shares of common stock. The sale of Series C Preferred Stock included,
among others, the sale of 783,875 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (1,763,718
shares as converted to common stock) to Ericsson Business Networks AB, which is
a holder of more than 5% of our common stock.


     SERIES D AND D-1 PREFERRED STOCK.  On March 16, 1999, we sold 500,000
shares of our Series D Preferred Stock and 2,580,000 shares of our Series D-1
Preferred Stock for $11.03 per share to Ericsson Business Networks AB.



     Each share of Series D Preferred Stock is convertible into one share of
common stock. Each share of D-1 Preferred Stock is convertible into shares of
common stock according to a conversion ratio obtained by dividing $11.03 by the
then-effective Conversion Price, as defined in our certificate of incorporation.
At the closing of this offering, the effective Conversion Price of the Series
D-1 Preferred Stock shall be eighty-five percent (85%) of the initial public
offering price; and therefore, each share of Series D-1 Preferred Stock is
convertible into 0.58984 shares of common stock.


STOCK OPTION GRANTS TO CERTAIN DIRECTORS


     On October 9, 1996, we granted to William Stensrud, one of our directors,
an option to purchase 45,000 shares of our common stock at $0.11 per share,
which vests over four years with 1/8 of the total number of shares vesting after
six months and the balance vesting in a series of monthly installments over the
next 42 months of service thereafter.


                                       59
<PAGE>   61

INDEMNIFICATION


We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and
officers. These indemnification agreements will require us to indemnify our
directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. See
"-- Limitation on Directors' Liability and Indemnification."



All future transactions, including any loans from us to our officers, directors,
principal stockholders or affiliates, will be approved by a majority of the
board of directors, including a majority of the independent and disinterested
members of the board of directors or, if required by law, a majority of
disinterested stockholders, and will be on terms no less favorable to us than
could be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.


                                       60
<PAGE>   62

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS


      The following table sets forth information known to us with respect to the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of March 31, 1999, and as adjusted
to reflect the sale of common stock offered in this prospectus:



- -each stockholder known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our common
 stock, as explained in footnote (2) below;



- -each of the Named Executive Officers;



- -each of our directors;



- -all of our directors and executive officers as a group; and


- -all other selling stockholders.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  SHARES OF                                 SHARES OF
                                                COMMON STOCK                              COMMON STOCK
                                             BENEFICIALLY OWNED                     BENEFICIALLY OWNED AFTER
                                           BEFORE SALE UNDER THIS                        SALE UNDER THIS
                                                PROSPECTUS(2)                           PROSPECTUS(2)(3)
                                           -----------------------    SHARES TO     -------------------------
                                             NUMBER     PERCENTAGE    BE SOLD(3)       NUMBER      PERCENTAGE
       OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS(1):          ----------   ----------   ------------   ------------   ----------
<S>                                        <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>
Scott Kriens(4)..........................   3,153,485       6.65%        --            3,153,485       6.38%
Steven Haley(5)..........................     375,630          *         --              375,630          *
Pradeep Sindhu(6)........................   2,251,785       4.75         --            2,251,785       4.56
Peter Wexler(7)..........................     676,020       1.43         --              676,020       1.37
Marcel Gani(8)...........................     417,165          *         --              417,165          *
William Hearst(9)........................  10,828,125       22.8         --           10,828,125       21.9
c/o Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers
  2750 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
Vinod Khosla(10).........................  10,828,125       22.8         --           10,828,125       21.9
c/o Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers
  2750 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
C. Richard Kramlich(11)..................   2,812,501       5.93         --            2,812,501       5.69
c/o New Enterprise Associates
  2490 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025
William R. Stensrud(12)..................     315,000          *         --              315,000          *
c/o Enterprise Partners
  7979 Ivanhoe Ave., Suite 550
  La Jolla, CA 92037
All directors and executive officers as a
  group (11 persons)(13).................  21,585,156       45.5         --           21,585,156       43.6
5% STOCKHOLDERS:
Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers
  2750 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025(14)...............  10,828,125       22.8         --           10,828,125       21.9
New Enterprise Associates
  2490 Sand Hill Road
  Menlo Park, CA 94025(15)...............   2,812,501       5.93         --            2,812,501       5.69
Ericsson Business Networks AB
  S-131 89 Stockholm
  Sweden(16).............................   3,785,505       7.99         --            3,785,505       7.66
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS:
Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996
  2925 Woodside Road
  Woodside, CA 94062(17).................   1,658,210       3.50      1,036,281          621,929       1.26
Nortel Networks Corporation
  8200 Dixie Road, Suite 100
  Brampton, Ontario, L6T 5P6
  Canada.................................   1,763,719       3.72      1,763,719          --              --
</TABLE>


- ---------------
    * Less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock.

                                       61
<PAGE>   63

 (1) Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each listed stockholder is c/o
     Juniper Networks, Inc., 385 Ravendale Drive, Mountain View, California
     94043.


 (2) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the
     Securities and Exchange Commission. In computing the number of shares
     beneficially owned by a person and the percentage ownership of that person,
     shares of common stock subject to options or warrants held by that person
     that are currently exercisable or will become exercisable within 60 days
     after March 31, 1999, are deemed outstanding, while the shares are not
     deemed outstanding for purposes of computing percentage ownership of any
     other person. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes below, the
     persons and entities named in the table have sole voting or investment
     power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community
     property laws where applicable.



      The number and percentage of shares beneficially owned are based on the
      aggregate of (i) 47,400,209 shares of common stock outstanding as of March
      31, 1999, assuming conversion of all outstanding shares of preferred stock
      into common stock, and (ii) 2,000,000 shares of common stock issued in
      this offering.


 (3) Assumes no exercise of underwriters' over-allotment option. Percentage
     ownership figures after the offering do not include shares that may be
     purchased by each person in the offering.


 (4) Includes 3,152,240 shares held in the name of the Kriens 1996 Trust of
     which Scott Kriens and his spouse are trustees. Includes 974,072 shares
     subject to our right of repurchase, as of March 31, 1999, which lapses over
     time.



 (5) Includes 20,000 shares held in the name of the Haley Family Foundation
     Trust and 30,000 shares held in the name of trusts for Mr. Haley's
     children. Includes 204,537 shares subject to our right of repurchase, as of
     March 31, 1999, which lapses over time and an option exercisable for 37,500
     shares of which all 37,500 shares are exercisable within 60 days of March
     31, 1999.


 (6) Includes 517,410 shares subject to our right of repurchase, as of March 31,
     1999, which lapses over time. Includes 60,000 shares gifted to Mr. Sindhu's
     children pursuant to the California Uniform Transfer to Minors Act.


 (7) Includes 324,458 shares subject to our right of repurchase, as of March 31,
     1999, which lapses over time and an option exercisable for 1,020 shares of
     which all 1,020 shares are exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 1999.



 (8) Includes 416,250 shares held in the name of the Gani 1995 Trust dated
     December 8, 1995, of which Mr. Gani and his spouse are trustees. Includes
     243,494 shares subject to our right of repurchase, as of March 31, 1999,
     which lapses over time.


 (9) Comprised of 10,828,125 shares held by entities affiliated with Kleiner,
     Perkins, Caufield & Byers. Mr. Hearst is a general partner of Kleiner,
     Perkins, Caufield & Byers and is a director of Juniper. Mr. Hearst
     disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by those entities, except to
     the extent of his proportional interest arising from his partnership
     interest in Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers.

(10) Comprised of 10,828,125 shares held by entities affiliated with Kleiner,
     Perkins, Caufield & Byers. Mr. Khosla is a general partner of Kleiner,
     Perkins, Caufield & Byers and is a director of Juniper. Mr. Khosla
     disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by those entities, except to
     the extent of his proportional interest arising from his partnership
     interest in Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers.

(11) Comprised of 2,812,500 shares held by entities affiliated with New
     Enterprise Associates. Mr. Kramlich is a general partner of New Enterprise
     Associates and is a director of Juniper. Mr. Kramlich disclaims beneficial
     ownership of shares held by those entities, except to the extent of his
     proportional interest in New Enterprise Associates.

(12) Includes 270,000 shares held in the name of the Stensrud Family Trust U/T/A
     September 16, 1993, as community property. Includes 17,813 shares subject
     to our right of repurchase, as of March 31, 1999, which lapses over time.


(13) Includes all shares referenced in notes 4 through 12 above, except that the
     shares beneficially owned by Messrs. Hearst and Khosla are counted only
     once in this calculation. Includes 755,445 shares beneficially owned by two
     other executive officers, 39,195 of which are subject to options
     exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 1999.


(14) Includes (i) 9,585,423 shares held by Kleiner, Perkins, Caufield & Byers
     VII, (ii) 972,000 shares held by KPCB VII Founders Fund and (iii) 270,702
     shares held by KPCB Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund II.

(15) Includes (i) 2,732,812 shares held by New Enterprise Associates VI, Limited
     Partnership, (ii) 70,313 shares held by NEA Presidents Fund, L.P., and
     (iii) 9,376 shares held by NEA Ventures 1996, L.P.


(16) Includes 1,521,786 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of
     2,580,000 Series D-1 Preferred Stock at an assumed initial public offering
     price of $22.00 per share.



(17) Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996 has granted the underwriters the option to
     purchase their remaining 621,929 shares of stock to cover overallotments,
     if any.


                                       62
<PAGE>   64

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

                                    GENERAL


      We are authorized to issue 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001
par value, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par
value. The following description of our capital stock does not purport to be
complete and is subject to and qualified by our certificate of incorporation and
bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which
this prospectus forms a part, and by the provisions of applicable Delaware law.


                                  COMMON STOCK


      As of March 31, 1999, there were 47,400,209 shares of common stock
outstanding, as adjusted to reflect the conversion of all outstanding shares of
preferred stock into common stock, which were held of record by approximately
159 stockholders.



      The holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all
matters to be voted upon by the stockholders. Subject to preferences that may be
applicable to any outstanding preferred stock, the holders of common stock are
entitled to receive ratably such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time
to time by the board of directors out of funds legally available for that
purpose. See "Dividend Policy." In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of Juniper Networks, the holders of common stock are entitled to
share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to
prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. The
common stock has no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription
rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the
common stock. All outstanding shares of common stock are fully paid and
nonassessable, and the shares of common stock to be issued upon the closing of
this offering will be fully paid and nonassessable.


                                PREFERRED STOCK


      The board of directors has the authority, without action by the
stockholders, to designate and issue preferred stock in one or more series and
to designate the rights, preferences and privileges of each series, any or all
of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. We cannot state the
actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock upon the rights
of holders of the common stock until the board of directors determines the
specific rights of the holders of such preferred stock. However, the effects
might include, among other things, restricting dividends on the common stock,
diluting the voting power of the common stock, impairing the liquidation rights
of the common stock and delaying or preventing a change in control of Juniper
Networks without further action by the stockholders. We have no present plans to
issue any shares of preferred stock.


                                    WARRANTS


      At March 31, 1999, there were warrants outstanding to purchase a total of
93,333 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 23,516 shares of Series C
Preferred Stock. These warrants will remain outstanding after the completion of
this offering and will become exercisable for an aggregate of 262,910 shares of
common stock. Warrants exercisable for 22,500 shares of common stock will expire
on June 23, 2002, unless earlier exercised, and warrants for the remaining
240,410 shares of common stock will expire on December 15, 2003, unless earlier
exercised.


                              REGISTRATION RIGHTS


      The holders of 32,422,538 shares of common stock, as converted, and the
holders of warrants to purchase 262,910 shares of common stock or their
permitted transferees are entitled to certain rights with respect to
registration of the shares under the Securities Act at any time after 180 days
following the closing of this offering. Under the terms of the agreements
between us and the holders of the registrable securities, by written consent of
at least 40% of the registrable securities then outstanding, the holders may
require on one occasion that we, at our expense, file a registration statement
under the Securities Act, with respect to the registrable securities,


                                       63
<PAGE>   65


provided that at least 20% of the registrable securities would be included in
the proposed registration or the anticipated public offering price of the
proposed registration would be at least $10,000,000. In addition, holders of
registrable securities may, at any time twelve months after the closing of this
offering and at their expense, require on three separate occasions that we
register their shares for public resale on Form S-3 or similar short-form
registration, provided that we are eligible to use Form S-3 or similar
short-form registration, and provided further that the value of the securities
to be registered is at least $5,000,000. Furthermore, in the event we elect to
register any of our shares of common stock after this offering for purposes of
effecting any public offering, the holders of registrable securities are
entitled, at our expense, to include their shares of common stock in the
registration, subject to the right of the underwriter to reduce the number of
shares proposed to be registered in view of market conditions.


                     DELAWARE ANTI-TAKEOVER LAW AND CERTAIN
                          CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS


      Certain provisions of Delaware law and our certificate of incorporation
and bylaws could make it more difficult to acquire us by means of a tender
offer, a proxy contest or otherwise and the removal of incumbent officers and
directors. These provisions, summarized below, are expected to discourage
certain types of coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids and to
encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with us.
We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to
negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire
or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover or
acquisition proposals because, among other things, negotiation of these
proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.



      We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an
anti-takeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware
corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested
stockholder" for a period of three years following the date the person became an
interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the "business
combination" or the transaction in which the person became an interested
stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Generally, a "business
combination" includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction
resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. Generally, an
"interested stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and
associates, owns (or within three years prior to the determination of interested
stockholder status, did own) 15% or more of a corporation's voting stock. The
existence of this provision would be expected to have an anti-takeover effect
with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors,
including discouraging attempts that might result in a premium over the market
price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.



      Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws require that any action
required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders must be effected at a duly
called annual or special meeting of the stockholders and may not be effected by
a consent in writing. In addition, special meetings of our stockholders may be
called only by the board of directors or certain of our officers. Our
certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that, beginning upon the
closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three
classes, with each class serving staggered three-year terms, and that certain
amendments of the certificate of incorporation and of the bylaws require the
approval of holders of at least 66 2/3% of the voting power of all outstanding
stock. These provisions may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or
delaying changes in control or management of Juniper Networks.


                          TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR


      The transfer agent and registrar for the common stock is Norwest
Shareowner Services.


                                       64
<PAGE>   66

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our
common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public
market could adversely affect the market price of the common stock.


      Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding 49,400,209
shares of common stock, assuming the issuance of 2,000,000 shares of common
stock offered by us and no exercise of options after March 31, 1999, and
assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. All of the
4,800,000 shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without
restriction or further registration under the Securities Act; provided, however,
that if shares are purchased by "affiliates" as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act, their sales of shares would be subject to certain
limitations and restrictions that are described below.



      The remaining 44,600,209 shares of common stock held by existing
stockholders were issued and sold by us in reliance on exemptions from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act. Of these shares, all 44,600,209
shares will be subject to "lock-up" agreements described below on the effective
date of this offering. On the effective date of this offering, shares not
subject to the lock-up agreements described below will not be eligible for sale
pursuant to Rule 144(k). All of the directors and officers as well as
stockholders collectively holding more than 99% of the outstanding common stock
have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters that provide that the
shares set forth in the table below will become eligible for sale on the dates
set forth in the table below, subject in most cases to the limitations of Rule
144. In addition, holders of stock options could exercise such options and sell
certain of the shares issued upon exercise as described below.



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         APPROXIMATE
                                       SHARES ELIGIBLE
RELEVANT DATES                         FOR FUTURE SALE                     COMMENT
- --------------                         ---------------    ------------------------------------------
<S>                                    <C>                <C>
On effective date(1).................      4,800,000      Shares sold in this offering.
90 days after effective date(2)......              0      Shares saleable under Rule 144 and 701.
2 days after September 30, 1999
  quarterly results are
  released(3)........................      6,268,238      15% of shares subject to lock-up released;
                                                          shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701.
30 days after September 30, 1999
  quarterly results are released.....     10,433,476      Additional 25% of shares subject to
                                                          lock-up released; shares saleable under
                                                          Rules 144 and 701.
180 days after effective date........     22,699,597      All shares subject to lock-up released;
                                                          shares saleable under Rules 144 and 701.
</TABLE>


- ---------------

(1) Assumes no exercise of underwriters' over-allotment option.



(2) Assumes effective date of June 22, 1999.



(3) Assumes quarterly results are released on October 25, 1999.



      As of March 31, 1999, there were a total of 4,291,564 shares of common
stock subject to outstanding options under our 1996 Stock Plan, 137,026 of which
were vested, and all of which are subject to lock-up agreements. Immediately
after the completion of the offering, we intend to file registration statements
on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common
stock issued or reserved for future issuance under our 1996 Stock Plan, as
amended, and 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. On the

                                       65
<PAGE>   67


date 180 days after the effective date of the offering, a total of 1,100,510
shares of common stock subject to outstanding options will be vested. After the
effective dates of the registration statements on Form S-8, shares purchased
upon exercise of options granted pursuant to the 1996 Stock Plan, as amended,
and 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan generally would be available for resale in
the public market.


      Our officers, directors and stockholders have agreed not to sell or
otherwise dispose of any of their shares for the time periods described above.
Goldman, Sachs & Co., however, may in its sole discretion, at any time without
notice, release all or any portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements.

RULE 144

      In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who has beneficially owned shares of our
common stock for at least one year would be entitled to sell, within any
three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:


- - 1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal
  approximately 494,000 shares immediately after this offering; or


- - the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the Nasdaq National
  Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form
  144 with respect to such sale.

      Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to certain other requirements
regarding the manner of sale, notice filing and the availability of current
public information about us.

RULE 144(k)

      Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our
"affiliates" at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale, and who has
beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years,
including the holding period of any prior owner other than an "affiliate," is
entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, notice
filing, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless
otherwise restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold immediately upon the
completion of this offering.

RULE 701

      In general, under Rule 701, any of our employees, directors, officers,
consultants or advisors who purchases shares from us in connection with a
compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the
effective date of this offering is entitled to resell such shares 90 days after
the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, without having to
comply with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in
Rule 144.

      The SEC has indicated that Rule 701 will apply to typical stock options
granted by an issuer before it becomes subject to the reporting requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, along with the shares acquired upon
exercise of such options (including exercises after the date of this
prospectus). Securities issued in reliance on Rule 701 are restricted securities
and, subject to the contractual restrictions described above, beginning 90 days
after the date of this prospectus, may be sold by persons other than
"affiliates," as defined in Rule 144, subject only to the manner of sale
provisions of Rule 144 and by "affiliates" under Rule 144 without compliance
with its one year minimum holding period requirement.

                                       66
<PAGE>   68

                   WHERE YOU MAY FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      We filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration
statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act for the shares of common stock in
this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the
registration statement and the exhibits and schedule that were filed with the
registration statement. For further information with respect to Juniper Networks
and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the
exhibits and schedule that were filed with the registration statement.
Statements contained in this prospectus about the contents of any contract or
any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are
not necessarily complete, and we refer you to the full text of the contract or
other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the
registration statement and the exhibits and schedule that were filed with the
registration statement may be inspected without charge at the public reference
facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission in Room 1024,
450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of
the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon payment of the
prescribed fee. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a World Wide
Web site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other
information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities
and Exchange Commission. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov.

      Upon completion of this offering, Juniper Networks will become subject to
the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, and, in accordance with the requirements of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Securities and Exchange Commission. These periodic reports, proxy
statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at
the regional offices, public reference facilities and web site of the Securities
and Exchange Commission referred to above.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS


      The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us
by Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, Palo Alto,
California. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for the underwriters by
Brobeck Phleger & Harrison LLP, San Francisco, California. As of the date of
this prospectus, WS Investment Company 96A and WS Investment Co. 96B, each an
investment partnership composed of certain current and former members of and
persons associated with Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional
Corporation, in addition to certain current individual members of Wilson Sonsini
Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, beneficially own an aggregate of
159,374 of Juniper Networks' common stock.


                                    EXPERTS

      Ernst & Young, LLP, independent auditors, have audited our consolidated
financial statements at December 31, 1997 and 1998, for the period from February
2, 1996 (inception) to December 31, 1996, and for each of the two years in the
period ended December 31, 1998, as set forth in their report. We have included
our financial statements in the prospectus and elsewhere in the registration
statement in reliance on Ernst & Young LLP's report, given upon the authority of
such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

                                       67
<PAGE>   69

                      (THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK)
<PAGE>   70

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...........    F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets.................................    F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations.......................    F-4
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity..............    F-5
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.......................    F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..................    F-8
</TABLE>

                                       F-1
<PAGE>   71

               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Juniper Networks, Inc.

     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Juniper
Networks, Inc. as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the period
from inception (February 2, 1996) to December 31, 1996 and for each of the two
years in the period ended December 31, 1998. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Juniper
Networks, Inc. at December 31, 1997 and 1998, and the consolidated results of
its operations and its cash flows for the period from inception (February 2,
1996) to December 31, 1996 and for each of the two years in the period ended
December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

                                      /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Palo Alto, California
February 26, 1999

                                       F-2
<PAGE>   72

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT STATED VALUE DATA)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    PRO FORMA
                                                                                                  STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                 DECEMBER 31,        MARCH 31,      EQUITY AT
                                                             --------------------    ---------      MARCH 31,
                                                               1997        1998        1999           1999
                                                               ----        ----        ----       -------------
                                                                                            (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                          <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents................................  $ 30,442    $ 20,098    $ 48,947
  Short-term investments...................................    15,785          --         502
  Accounts receivable......................................        --       8,056       8,618
  Prepaid expenses and other current assets................       543         680         845
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Total current assets.......................................    46,770      28,834      58,912
Property, equipment and purchased software, net............     3,315       7,702       8,078
Other assets...............................................       125         135         135
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Total assets...............................................  $ 50,210    $ 36,671    $ 67,125
                                                             ========    ========    ========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Accounts payable.........................................  $    661    $  4,745    $  5,378
  Accrued warranty liability...............................        --         684       1,514
  Accrued milestone payment................................       423          --          --
  Accrued compensation and related liabilities.............       245       1,114       1,223
  Deferred revenue.........................................        --       5,639       7,858
  Current obligations under capital leases.................       750       2,220       1,183
                                                             --------    --------    --------
Total current liabilities..................................     2,079      14,402      17,156
Other long-term liabilities................................        --          43          48
Long-term obligations under capital leases.................     2,083       5,161       2,786
Commitments
Stockholders' equity:
  Convertible preferred stock, $0.00001 stated value,
    issuable in series: 10,859 shares authorized at
    December 31, 1997 and 1998, 14,039 shares authorized at
    March 31, 1999 (10,000 shares pro forma); 10,717 shares
    issued and outstanding at December 31, 1997 and 1998,
    and 13,797 shares issued and outstanding at March 31,
    1999 (none pro forma); aggregate liquidation preference
    of $90,889 at March 31, 1999 (none pro forma)..........        --          --                   $     --
  Common stock, $0.00001 stated value, 67,500 shares
    authorized at December 31, 1998, and 71,000 shares
    authorized at March 31, 1999 (200,000 pro forma);
    19,121, 20,577, and 21,265 issued and outstanding at
    December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999 (47,400
    pro forma).............................................        --          --          --             --
  Additional paid-in capital...............................    58,210      65,351     102,305        102,305
  Deferred stock compensation..............................        --      (5,153)     (5,362)        (5,362)
  Accumulated deficit......................................   (12,162)    (43,133)    (49,808)       (49,808)
                                                             --------    --------    --------       --------
Stockholders' equity.......................................    46,048      17,065      47,135       $ 47,135
                                                             --------    --------    --------       ========
                                                             $ 50,210    $ 36,671    $ 67,125
                                                             ========    ========    ========
</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   73

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               PERIOD FROM
                                INCEPTION                                 THREE MONTHS
                               (FEBRUARY 2,         YEAR ENDED               ENDED
                                 1996) TO          DECEMBER 31,            MARCH 31,
                               DECEMBER 31,    --------------------    ------------------
                                   1996          1997        1998       1998       1999
                               ------------      ----        ----       ----       ----
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>             <C>         <C>         <C>        <C>
Net revenues.................    $    --       $     --    $  3,807    $    --    $10,044
Cost of revenues.............         --             --       4,416         39      6,347
                                 -------       --------    --------    -------    -------
Gross profit (loss)..........         --             --        (609)       (39)     3,697
Operating expenses:
  Research and development...      1,850          9,406      23,987      3,497      6,181
  Sales and marketing........         --          1,149       4,216        519      2,603
  General and
     administrative..........         89          1,043       2,223        335        776
  Amortization of deferred
     stock compensation......         --             --       1,235         21        904
                                 -------       --------    --------    -------    -------
          Total operating
            expenses.........      1,939         11,598      31,661      4,372     10,464
                                 -------       --------    --------    -------    -------
Operating loss...............     (1,939)       (11,598)    (32,270)    (4,411)    (6,767)
Interest and other expense...         (1)          (325)       (657)      (104)      (231)
Interest income..............        141          1,560       1,956        610        323
                                 -------       --------    --------    -------    -------
Net loss.....................    $(1,799)      $(10,363)   $(30,971)   $(3,905)   $(6,675)
                                 =======       ========    ========    =======    =======
Basic and diluted net loss
  per share..................    $ (0.46)      $  (1.21)   $  (2.39)   $ (0.36)   $ (0.45)
                                 =======       ========    ========    =======    =======
Shares used in computing
  basic and diluted net loss
  per share..................      3,958          8,591      12,957     10,872     14,990
                                 =======       ========    ========    =======    =======
Pro forma basic and diluted
  net loss per share
  (unaudited)................                              $  (0.84)              $ (0.17)
                                                           ========               =======
Shares used in computing pro
  forma basic and diluted net
  loss per share
  (unaudited)................                                37,070                39,373
                                                           ========               =======
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   74

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      CONVERTIBLE
                                    PREFERRED STOCK    COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                                    TOTAL
                                    ---------------   ---------------    PAID-IN       DEFERRED     ACCUMULATED   STOCKHOLDERS'
                                    SHARES   AMOUNT   SHARES   AMOUNT    CAPITAL     COMPENSATION     DEFICIT        EQUITY
                                    ------   ------   ------   ------   ----------   ------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                 <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>
  Issuance of common stock to
    founders......................     --      $--    4,050      $--     $      9      $    --       $     --       $      9
  Issuance of Series A preferred
    stock to investors, net of
    issuance costs................  1,744      --        --      --         1,738           --             --          1,738
  Issuance of common stock........     --      --     11,844     --           603           --             --            603
  Issuance of Series B preferred
    stock to investors, net of
    issuance costs................  3,818      --        --      --         9,157           --             --          9,157
  Issuance of Series B preferred
    stock in exchange for
    consulting services...........      4      --        --      --             9           --             --              9
  Issuance of warrants to purchase
    Series B preferred stock......     --      --        --      --            11           --             --             11
  Net loss........................     --      --        --      --            --           --         (1,799)        (1,799)
                                    ------     --     ------     --      --------      -------       --------       --------
Balance at December 31, 1996......  5,566      --     15,894     --        11,527           --         (1,799)         9,728
  Issuance of warrants to purchase
    Series B preferred stock......     --      --        --      --             1           --             --              1
  Issuance of Series C preferred
    stock to investors............  5,151      --        --      --        45,953           --             --         45,953
  Issuance of warrants to purchase
    Series C preferred stock......     --      --        --      --             3           --             --              3
  Issuance of common stock, net of
    repurchases...................     --      --     3,227      --           375           --             --            375
  Compensation expense related to
    stock options.................     --      --        --      --           351           --             --            351
  Net loss........................     --      --        --      --            --           --        (10,363)       (10,363)
                                    ------     --     ------     --      --------      -------       --------       --------
Balance at December 31, 1997......  10,717     --     19,121     --        58,210           --        (12,162)        46,048
  Exercise of stock options
    by employees, net of
    repurchases...................     --      --     1,456      --           753           --             --            753
  Deferred stock compensation.....     --      --        --      --         6,388       (6,388)            --             --
  Amortization of deferred stock
    compensation..................     --      --        --      --            --        1,235             --          1,235
  Net loss........................     --      --        --      --            --           --        (30,971)       (30,971)
                                    ------     --     ------     --      --------      -------       --------       --------
Balance at December 31, 1998......  10,717     --     20,577     --        65,351       (5,153)       (43,133)        17,065
  Issuance of Series D and D-1
    preferred stock to investors
    (unaudited)...................  3,080      --        --      --        33,948           --             --         33,948
  Exercise of stock options by
    employees (unaudited).........     --      --       558      --           656           --             --            656
  Issuance of common stock to
    employees (unaudited).........     --      --       130      --         1,237           --             --          1,237
  Deferred stock compensation
    (unaudited)...................     --      --        --      --         1,113       (1,113)            --             --
  Amortization of deferred stock
    compensation (unaudited)......     --      --        --      --            --          904             --            904
  Net loss (unaudited)............     --      --        --      --            --           --         (6,675)        (6,675)
                                    ------     --     ------     --      --------      -------       --------       --------
Balance at March 31, 1999
  (unaudited).....................  13,797     $--    21,265     $--     $102,305      $(5,362)      $(49,808)      $ 47,135
                                    ======     ==     ======     ==      ========      =======       ========       ========
</TABLE>


                            See accompanying notes.
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   75

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         PERIOD FROM
                                          INCEPTION                             THREE MONTHS
                                        (FEBRUARY 2,        YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                                          1996) TO         DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                        DECEMBER 31,    -------------------   -----------------
                                            1996          1997       1998      1998      1999
                                        -------------   --------   --------   -------   -------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss..............................     $(1,799)     $(10,363)  $(30,971)  $(3,905)  $(6,675)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to
  net cash used in operating
  activities:
  Depreciation and lease
     amortization.....................          47           712      2,171       339     1,051
  Amortization of prepaid maintenance
     contracts........................          --           238        367         9       133
  Amortization of deferred stock
     compensation.....................          --           351      1,235        21       904
  Loss on disposal of property,
     equipment, and purchased
     software.........................          --            59         --        --        --
  Issuance of stock for consulting
     services.........................          18            21         30        --        --
  Issuance of warrants in connection
     with certain leasing
     arrangements.....................          28            14         --        --        --
  Changes in operating assets and
     liabilities:
     Accounts receivable..............          --            --     (8,056)       --      (562)
     Prepaid expenses and other
       current assets.................         (82)         (699)      (504)     (258)     (298)
     Other assets.....................         (49)         (104)       (10)      125        --
     Accounts payable and other
       current
       liabilities....................         172           489      4,084       306       633
     Accrued warranty liability.......          --            --        684        --       830
     Accrued milestone payment........          --           423       (423)     (423)       --
     Accrued compensation and related
       liabilities....................          --           245        869        86       109
     Deferred revenue.................          --            --      5,639        --     2,219
     Other long-term liabilities......          --            --         43        18         5
                                           -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Net cash used in operating
activities............................      (1,665)       (8,614)   (24,842)   (3,682)   (1,651)
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Purchases of property, equipment, and
  purchased software..................        (864)       (3,110)    (6,531)   (1,011)   (1,422)
Purchases of short-term investments...      (5,870)      (20,715)    (3,501)     (118)     (502)
Maturities of short-term
  investments.........................          --        10,800     19,286     6,841        --
                                           -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Net cash provided by (used in)
  investing activities................      (6,734)      (13,025)     9,254     5,712    (1,924)
</TABLE>

                                       F-6
<PAGE>   76
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

              CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS -- (CONTINUED)
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         PERIOD FROM
                                          INCEPTION                             THREE MONTHS
                                        (FEBRUARY 2,        YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                                          1996) TO         DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                        DECEMBER 31,    -------------------   -----------------
                                            1996          1997       1998      1998      1999
                                        -------------   --------   --------   -------   -------
                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                     <C>             <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from sale leaseback
  liabilities.........................         535         2,603      5,705       863        --
Payments on lease obligations.........         (25)         (439)    (1,157)     (258)   (3,412)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred
  stock...............................      10,895        45,953         --        --    33,948
Issuance of common stock..............         592           396        699        --     1,888
Repurchase of common stock............          --           (30)        (3)       (3)       --
                                           -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Net cash provided by financing
  activities..........................      11,997        48,483      5,244       602    32,424
                                           -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
  cash equivalents....................       3,598        26,844    (10,344)    2,632    28,849
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning
  of period...........................          --         3,598     30,442    30,442    20,098
                                           -------      --------   --------   -------   -------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
  period..............................     $ 3,598      $ 30,442   $ 20,098   $33,074   $48,947
                                           =======      ========   ========   =======   =======
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
  INFORMATION
Cash paid for interest................     $    --      $    210   $    592   $    96   $   138
                                           =======      ========   ========   =======   =======
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH
  INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of property, equipment and
  purchased software under capital
  lease...............................     $   535      $  2,243   $  5,692   $   863   $    --
                                           =======      ========   ========   =======   =======
Deferred stock compensation...........     $    --      $     --   $  6,388   $    --   $ 1,113
                                           =======      ========   ========   =======   =======
</TABLE>

                            See accompanying notes.

                                       F-7
<PAGE>   77

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. ORGANIZATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

      Juniper Networks, Inc. ("Juniper Networks") was incorporated in the state
of California on February 2, 1996. Juniper Networks was reincorporated in the
state of Delaware on March 15, 1998. Juniper Networks was established for the
purpose of providing Internet infrastructure solutions to Internet service
providers and other telecommunication service providers. Juniper Networks
develops next generation Internet backbone routers.

      From inception, in February 1996, through September 1998, Juniper
Networks' operating activities were primarily devoted to increasing research and
development capabilities, designing ASICs, developing software, developing and
testing the M40 and other products which are currently in development, staffing
the administrative, marketing and sales organizations and establishing strategic
relationships. Accordingly, Juniper Networks was classified as a development
stage company through that date. Juniper Networks commenced product shipments in
October 1998 and therefore emerged from the development stage.

INTERIM FINANCIAL INFORMATION

      The financial information at March 31, 1999 and for the three months ended
March 31, 1998 and 1999 is unaudited but includes all adjustments, consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments, that Juniper Networks considers necessary
for a fair presentation of its financial position, operating results, and cash
flows for the interim date and periods presented. Results for the three-month
period ended March 31, 1999 are not necessarily indicative of results for the
entire fiscal year or future periods.

PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

      The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Juniper
Networks and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company
balances and transactions have been eliminated.

USE OF ESTIMATES

      The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ materially from
those estimates.

CASH, CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

      Juniper Networks considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. Cash
equivalents consist primarily of commercial paper and money market accounts.

      Juniper classifies, at the date of acquisition, its marketable securities
into available-for-sale categories in accordance with the provisions of the
Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting
Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities." Currently, Juniper classifies its securities as available-for-sale
which are reported at fair market value with the related unrealized gains and
losses included in stockholders' equity. Unrealized gains and losses were not
material for all periods presented. Realized gains and losses and declines in
value of securities judged to be other than temporary are included in interest
income. Interest and dividends on all securities are included in interest
income.

CONCENTRATIONS

      Financial instruments that potentially subject Juniper Networks to
concentrations of

                                       F-8
<PAGE>   78
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

credit risk consist principally of investments in debt securities and trade
receivables. Juniper Networks is exposed to credit risks in the event of default
by the financial institutions or issuers of investments to the extent recorded
on the balance sheet. Juniper Networks generally does not require collateral.
For the year ended December 31, 1998, two customers, A and B, accounted for 78%
and 22% of Juniper Networks' net revenues. For the three months ended March 31,
1999, three customers, A, C, and D, accounted for 40%, 15% and 16% of Juniper
Networks' net revenues.

      Juniper Networks receives certain custom semiconductor chips from a sole
supplier. Additionally, Juniper Networks relies on one hardware manufacturer for
the production of its product. The inability of the supplier or manufacturer to
fulfill supply requirements of Juniper Networks could negatively impact future
results.

FAIR VALUE OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

      The fair value of Juniper Networks' short-term investments is based on
quoted market prices. The carrying value of those investments approximates their
fair value.

      The fair value of short-term and long-term capital lease obligations is
estimated based on current interest rates available to Juniper Networks for debt
instruments with similar terms, degrees of risk, and remaining maturities. The
carrying values of these obligations approximate their respective fair values.

PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND PURCHASED SOFTWARE

      Property, equipment and purchased software, including equipment leased
under capital leases, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and
amortization. Depreciation and amortization are provided on a straight-line
basis over the lesser of the estimated useful life, generally three to five
years, or the lease term of the respective assets.

REVENUE RECOGNITION

      Juniper Networks generally recognizes product revenue at the time of
shipment, assuming that collectibility is probable, unless Juniper Networks has
future obligations for installation or has to obtain customer acceptance in
which case revenue is deferred until these obligations are met. Revenue from
service obligations is deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the
contractual period. Amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized are included
as deferred revenue in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

WARRANTY RESERVES

      Juniper Networks' product generally carries a one-year warranty that
includes factory repair services as needed for replacement of parts. Estimated
expenses for warranty obligations are accrued as revenue is recognized.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

      Costs to develop Juniper Networks' products are expensed as incurred in
accordance with the Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 2, "Accounting for Research and Development
Costs," which establishes accounting and reporting standards for research and
development.

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

      Effective January 1, 1998, Juniper Networks adopted Financial Accounting
Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 130,
"Reporting Comprehensive Income" (FAS 130). Juniper Networks has no components
of other comprehensive income and accordingly the comprehensive loss is the same
as net loss for all periods presented.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

      Juniper Networks accounts for its stock options and equity awards in
accordance with

                                       F-9
<PAGE>   79
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

the provisions of the Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting
for Stock Issued to Employees," and has elected to follow the "disclosure only"
alternative prescribed by Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation" (FAS 123).

NET LOSS PER SHARE

      Basic net loss per share and diluted net loss per share are presented in
conformity with Financial Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 128, "Earnings Per Share" (FAS 128), for all periods
presented. Pursuant to the Securities and Exchange Commission Staff Accounting
Bulletin No. 98, common stock and convertible preferred stock issued or granted
for nominal consideration prior to the anticipated effective date of the initial
public offering must be included in the calculation of basic and diluted net
loss per common share as if they had been outstanding for all periods presented.
To date, Juniper Networks has not had any issuances or grants for nominal
consideration.


      In accordance with FAS 128, basic and diluted net loss per share has been
computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding
during the period, less the weighted average number of shares of common stock
issued to founders, investors and employees that are subject to repurchase (see
Notes 5 and 6). Basic and diluted pro forma net loss per share, as presented in
the consolidated statements of operations, has been computed as described above
and also gives effect, under Securities and Exchange Commission guidance, to the
conversion of the convertible preferred stock (using the if-converted method)
from the original date of issuance, using an assumed initial public offering
price of $22.00 per share to calculate the conversion ratio for Series D1
convertible preferred stock.


                                      F-10
<PAGE>   80
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted and pro
forma basic and diluted net loss per share (in thousands, except per share
data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                       PERIOD FROM
                                        INCEPTION                                THREE MONTHS
                                    (FEBRUARY 2, 1996)       YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                                            TO              DECEMBER 31,           MARCH 31,
                                       DECEMBER 31,      -------------------   -----------------
                                           1996            1997       1998      1998      1999
                                    ------------------   --------   --------   -------   -------
                                                                                  (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                 <C>                  <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Net loss..........................       $(1,799)        $(10,363)  $(30,971)  $(3,905)  $(6,675)
                                         =======         ========   ========   =======   =======
Basic and diluted:
  Weighted-average shares of
     common stock outstanding.....        11,030           18,623     19,691    19,096    20,921
  Less: weighted-average shares
     subject to repurchase........        (7,072)         (10,032)    (6,734)   (8,224)   (5,931)
                                         -------         --------   --------   -------   -------
  Weighted-average shares used in
     computing basic and diluted
     net loss per share...........         3,958            8,591     12,957    10,872    14,990
                                         =======         ========   ========   =======   =======
  Basic and diluted net loss per
     share........................       $ (0.46)        $  (1.21)  $  (2.39)  $ (0.36)  $ (0.45)
                                         =======         ========   ========   =======   =======
Pro forma:
  Net loss........................                                  $(30,971)            $(6,675)
                                                                    ========             =======
  Shares used above...............                                    12,957              14,990
  Pro forma adjustment to reflect
     weighted effect of assumed
     conversion of convertible
     preferred stock..............                                    24,113              24,383
                                                                    --------             -------
  Shares used in computing pro
     forma basic and diluted net
     loss per common share
     (unaudited)..................                                    37,070              39,373
                                                                    ========             =======
  Pro forma basic and diluted net
     loss per common share
     (unaudited)..................                                  $  (0.84)            $ (0.17)
                                                                    ========             =======
</TABLE>

      Juniper Networks has excluded all convertible preferred stock, warrants
for convertible preferred stock, outstanding stock options and shares subject to
repurchase from the calculation of diluted loss per share because all such
securities are antidilutive for all periods presented. The total number of
shares excluded from the calculations of diluted net loss per share were
10,810,000, 28,937,000, 33,923,000, 34,483,000 and 34,271,000 for the period
from inception (February 2, 1996) through December 31, 1996 for the two years
ended December 31, 1997 and 1998 and for the three months ended March 31, 1998
and 1999, respectively.

                                      F-11
<PAGE>   81
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY


      If the offering contemplated by this prospectus is consummated, all of the
convertible preferred stock outstanding will automatically be converted into
common stock. Unaudited pro forma stockholders' equity at March 31, 1999, as
adjusted for the assumed conversion of convertible preferred stock based on the
shares of convertible preferred stock outstanding at March 31, 1999 at an
assumed initial public offering price of $22 per share, is disclosed on the
consolidated balance sheet. Series A, B and C preferred stock convert to common
stock at a conversion rate of 2.25. Series D preferred stock converts to common
stock at a conversion rate of 1. Series D-1 converts to common stock at a rate
of .58984, assuming an initial offering price of $22 per share.


SEGMENT INFORMATION

      Effective January 1, 1998, Juniper Networks adopted the Financial
Accounting Standards Board's Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No.
131, "Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information" (FAS
131). FAS 131 changes the way companies report financial and descriptive
information about reportable operating segments in annual financial statements
and interim financial reports issued to stockholders. Juniper Networks operates
solely in one segment, the development and marketing of Internet infrastructure
equipment, and therefore there is no impact to Juniper Networks' consolidated
financial statements due to the adoption of FAS 131.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

      In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" (SOP 98-1). SOP 98-1 requires
that entities capitalize certain costs related to internal-use software once
certain criteria have been met. Juniper Networks adopted SOP 98-1 in January
1999, with no material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of
operations, or cash flows.

      In April 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
issued Statement of Position 98-5, "Reporting on the Costs of Start-Up
Activities" (SOP 98-5). SOP 98-5, which is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 31, 1998, provides guidance on the financial reporting of
start-up costs and organization costs. It requires the costs of start-up
activities and organization costs to be expensed as incurred. Juniper Networks
adopted SOP 98-5 in January 1999, with no significant impact on consolidated
operating results, financial position or cash flows.

      In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative Instruments
and Hedging Activities" (FAS 133), which will be effective for the fiscal year
ended December 31, 2000. This statement establishes accounting and reporting
standards requiring that every derivative instrument, including certain
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, be recorded in the balance
sheet as either an asset or liability measured at its fair value. The statement
also requires that changes in the derivative's fair value be recognized in
earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Juniper Networks has
not evaluated the impact of FAS 133, however, it believes the adoption of FAS
133 will not have a material effect on the financial position, consolidated
results of operations, or cash flows as Juniper Networks has not entered into
any derivative contracts.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>   82
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

2.  CASH EQUIVALENTS AND SHORT-TERM
    INVESTMENTS

     Cash equivalents and short-term investments consist of the following (in
thousands):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                       --------------------     MARCH 31,
                                                         1997        1998         1999
                                                         ----        ----       ---------
                                                                               (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>         <C>
Money market funds...................................  $ 14,351    $  3,037     $ 48,814
Commercial paper.....................................    12,536      16,520          502
Government securities................................     9,205          --           --
Corporate debt securities............................     7,061          --           --
Certificates of deposit..............................     3,066          --           --
                                                       --------    --------     --------
Total available-for-sale investments.................    46,219      19,557       49,316
Less amounts classified as cash equivalents..........   (30,434)    (19,557)     (48,814)
                                                       --------    --------     --------
Total investments....................................  $ 15,785    $     --     $    502
                                                       ========    ========     ========
</TABLE>


3.  PROPERTY, EQUIPMENT AND PURCHASED SOFTWARE

     Property, equipment and purchased software consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                                              -----------------
                                                               1997      1998
                                                               ----      ----
<S>                                                           <C>       <C>
Computers and equipment.....................................  $2,242    $ 7,435
Purchased software..........................................   1,394      2,540
Furniture and fixtures......................................     424        594
                                                              ------    -------
Total.......................................................   4,060     10,569
Less accumulated depreciation and lease amortization........    (745)    (2,867)
                                                              ------    -------
Property, equipment and purchased software, net.............  $3,315    $ 7,702
                                                              ======    =======
</TABLE>

4.  CAPITAL LEASE OBLIGATIONS

      Juniper Networks enters into various capital leases, including sale and
leaseback transactions, to finance purchases of property, equipment and
software. As of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, under various
lease lines of credit, Juniper Networks had $4,861,000, $1,891,000, and
$5,000,000 available for future purchases of property, equipment and software
that expire through June 30, 1999. Under the terms of certain lease agreements,
warrants to purchase the Company's preferred stock have been granted as
described in Note 5. Capitalized costs of $2,778,000 and $8,470,000, and
accumulated amortization of $690,000 and $905,000 are included in property and
equipment at December 31, 1997 and 1998.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>   83
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Future minimum payments under capital leases consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 AS OF
                                                              DECEMBER 31,
                                                                  1998
                                                              ------------
<S>                                                           <C>
1999........................................................     $2,974
2000........................................................      2,859
2001........................................................      2,449
2002........................................................        582
                                                                 ------
Total minimum lease payments................................      8,864
Less amount representing interest...........................     (1,483)
                                                                 ------
Present value of net minimum lease payments.................      7,381
Less current portion........................................     (2,220)
                                                                 ------
Long-term portion...........................................     $5,161
                                                                 ======
</TABLE>

5.  STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 SHARES ISSUED
                                                              AND OUTSTANDING AT
                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                          DECEMBER 31,
                                        SHARES      ------------------------     MARCH 31,
                                      AUTHORIZED       1997          1998          1999
                                      ----------       ----          ----        ---------
                                                                                (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                   <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
Series A............................  1,743,751      1,743,751     1,743,751     1,743,751
Series B............................  3,915,308      3,821,975     3,821,975     3,821,975
Series C............................  5,200,000      5,151,178     5,151,178     5,151,178
Series D (unaudited)................    600,000             --            --       500,000
Series D-1 (unaudited)..............  2,580,000             --            --     2,580,000
                                      ----------    ----------    ----------    ----------
Total preferred stock...............  14,039,059    10,716,904    10,716,904    13,796,904
                                      ==========    ==========    ==========    ==========
</TABLE>


      Holders of Juniper Networks' preferred stock are entitled to one vote for
each share of common stock into which the preferred stock is convertible.
Holders of Juniper Networks' preferred stock shall also be entitled to vote
separately as a class with regard to customary protective provisions.


      The stockholders of Series A, B, and C preferred stock are entitled to
annual noncumulative dividends per share of $0.05, $0.12, and $0.45 when and if
declared by the board of directors. Under the terms of certain lease agreements,
Juniper Networks is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on its
capital stock. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation of
Juniper Networks, Series A, B, and C stockholders are entitled to a liquidation
preference per share of $1.00, $2.40, and $8.93 plus any declared but unpaid
dividends, all in preference to the holders of the common stock. Upon the
completion of this distribution, the holders of the common stock will receive
any and all remaining assets of Juniper Networks.


                                      F-14
<PAGE>   84
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


      The stockholders of Series A, B, and C preferred stock have the right at
any time after the date of issuance to convert each of their shares into 2.25
shares of common stock, which equals the initial offering price per share of
Series A, B, and C preferred stock of $1.00, $2.40 and $8.93, respectively,
divided by $0.4444, $1.07, and $3.97. Each of these conversion rates is subject
to adjustments for dilution. Each share of preferred stock shall be
automatically converted into shares of common stock at the then effective
conversion rate upon (a) the closing of the issuance of shares following the
effectiveness of a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933,
pursuant to a firm commitment public offering of Juniper Networks' common stock
at a price per share of not less than three times the applicable conversion
price for the Series A and B preferred stock and at a price per share of not
less than one-and-a-half times the then applicable conversion price for the
Series C preferred stock, subject to adjustments for dilution, with aggregate
proceeds in excess of $10,000,000 or (b) the affirmative vote of the holders of
66 2/3 of the then outstanding shares of preferred stock.



      See description of Series D and D-1 preferred stock in Note 10.


WARRANTS

     Juniper Networks periodically grants warrants in connection with certain
lease arrangements. Juniper Networks had the following warrants to purchase
shares of preferred stock outstanding at December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1999:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 PREFERRED    EXERCISE
                                   STOCK      PRICE PER        DATE         EXPIRATION OF
NUMBER OF SHARES                  SERIES        SHARE         ISSUED          WARRANTS
- ----------------                 ---------    ---------       ------        -------------
<S>                              <C>          <C>          <C>              <C>
83,333.........................  Series B       $2.40      December 1996    December 2003
10,000.........................  Series B        2.40          June 1997        June 2002
23,516.........................  Series C        8.93          June 1997    December 2003
- ---------
116,849
- ---------
- ---------
</TABLE>



     All of the outstanding warrants are exercisable immediately and will become
exercisable for common stock at the then effective conversion rate if Juniper
Networks completes an initial public offering of its common stock. The fair
value of the warrants are amortized as interest expense over the life of the
respective lease arrangements.


COMMON STOCK


      Juniper Networks is authorized to issue up to 71,000,000 shares of its
common stock. At December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, 19,121,347,
20,577,328, and 21,265,387 shares were issued and outstanding. Prior to the
adoption of the 1996 Stock Option Plan (see Note 6), Juniper Networks issued
shares of common stock to founders, investors, and employees. The shares issued
to investors were fully vested upon purchase. Generally, shares issued to
founders and employees were sold pursuant to restricted stock purchase
agreements containing provisions established by the board of directors. These
provisions give Juniper Networks the right to repurchase the shares at the
original sales price. This right expires at the rate of 25% after one year and
2.0833% per month thereafter. At December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999,
2,564,063, 1,382,813, and 1,217,501 of these shares, issued outside of the 1996
Stock Option Plan, remained subject to repurchase. See Note 6 for shares subject
to repurchase under the 1996 Stock Option Plan.


                                      F-15
<PAGE>   85
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Juniper Networks effected a three-for-two stock split of its common stock
on June 27, 1997 and October 2, 1998. All share and per share amounts have been
adjusted to reflect the splits.

     Common stock reserved for future issuance consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,
                                                                  1998           1999
                                                              ------------     ---------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>             <C>
Common stock reserved for:
  Conversion of preferred stock.............................   24,113,034     26,134,820
  Conversion of preferred stock issuable on exercise of
     warrants...............................................      262,910        262,910
  Stock option plan.........................................    6,663,292      6,105,233
                                                               ----------     ----------
Total common stock reserved for future issuance.............   31,039,236     32,502,963
                                                               ==========     ==========
</TABLE>

6.  STOCK OPTION PLAN


      Juniper Networks' 1996 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan") provides for the
granting of incentive stock options to employees and nonstatutory stock options
to employees, directors and consultants. Incentive stock options are granted at
an exercise price of not less than the fair value per share of the common stock
on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors. Nonstatutory stock
options are granted at an exercise price of not less than 85% of the fair value
per share on the date of grant as determined by the board of directors. Options
granted to consultants are in consideration for the fair value of services
previously rendered and are not contingent upon future events. No options have
been granted to consultants to date. Vesting and exercise provisions are
determined by the board of directors. Options granted under the Plan generally
become exercisable over a four-year period beginning on the date of grant.
Options granted under the Plan have a maximum term of ten years.


                                      F-16
<PAGE>   86
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     Option activity under the Plan is summarized as follows:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         OUTSTANDING OPTIONS
                                            ----------------------------------------------
                                              NUMBER       PRICE PER      WEIGHTED-AVERAGE
                                            OF SHARES        SHARE         EXERCISE PRICE
                                            ---------      ---------      ----------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>             <C>
Options granted...........................   1,797,750    $0.11-$ 0.40         $ 0.22
                                            ----------
Balance at December 31, 1997..............   1,797,750     0.11-$ 0.40           0.22
Options granted...........................   3,512,480     0.53-$ 4.90           1.86
Options exercised.........................  (1,507,316)    0.11-$ 4.90           0.49
Options canceled..........................    (121,676)    0.11-$ 1.67           0.27
                                            ----------
Balance at December 31, 1998..............   3,681,238     0.11-$ 4.90           1.67
Options granted (unaudited)...............   1,242,900     8.80-$14.00          11.82
Options exercised (unaudited).............    (558,059)    0.11-$ 8.80           1.17
Options canceled (unaudited)..............     (74,515)    1.67-$14.00          10.27
                                            ----------
Balance at March 31, 1999 (unaudited).....   4,291,564     0.11-$14.00           4.53
                                            ==========
</TABLE>



      The Plan also provides for the sale of shares of common stock to employees
and consultants at the fair value per share of the common stock as determined by
the board of directors. Shares issued to consultants are for the fair value of
services previously rendered and are not contingent upon future events. Shares
sold to employees are made pursuant to restricted stock purchase agreements
containing provisions established by the board of directors. These provisions
give Juniper Networks the right to repurchase the shares at the original sales
price. This right expires at a rate determined by the board of directors,
generally at the rate of 25% after one year and 2.0833% per month thereafter.


      During the period from inception (February 2, 1996) to December 31, 1996
and the year ended December 31, 1997, Juniper Networks issued 4,840,884 and
3,572,433 shares under the Plan. No shares were issued under the Plan in the
year ended December 31, 1998 and the three month period ended March 31, 1999. At
December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March 31, 1999, 6,340,994, 4,685,104, and
4,575,599 shares were subject to repurchase rights under the Plan. At December
31, 1997, 345,095 shares had been repurchased under the Plan. As of December 31,
1998 and March 31, 1999, 396,425 shares had been repurchased under the Plan.


      Juniper Networks has reserved 16,187,500 shares of common stock for
issuance under the Plan. At December 31, 1998, 2,982,054 shares were available
for future option grants or stock sales under the Plan. At March 31, 1999,
1,813,669 shares were available for future option grants or stock sales under
the Plan.


      In 1997, Juniper Networks recorded compensation expense of $351,000
representing the difference between the deemed fair value and the exercise price
of certain option grants made during the year.

      During the year ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended March
31, 1999, in connection with the grant of certain stock options to employees,
Juniper Networks recorded deferred stock compensation of $6,388,000 and
$1,113,000 representing the difference between the exercise price and the deemed
fair value of Juniper Networks' common stock on the date such stock options were
granted. Such amount is included as a reduction of

                                      F-17
<PAGE>   87
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

stockholders' equity and is being amortized by charges to operations on a graded
vesting method. Juniper Networks recorded amortization of deferred stock
compensation expense of $1,235,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998 and
$904,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1999. At December 31, 1998 and
March 31, 1999, Juniper Networks had a total of $5,153,000 and $5,362,000
remaining to be amortized over the corresponding vesting period of each
respective option, generally four years. The amortization expense relates to
options awarded to employees in all operating expense categories. This amount
has not been separately allocated to these categories.

STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

      The Company has elected to follow APB 25 and related interpretations in
accounting for its employee stock-based compensation plans. Because the exercise
price of Juniper Networks' employee stock options equals the market price of the
underlying stock on the date of grant, no compensation expense was recognized.
      Pro forma information regarding net loss has been determined as if Juniper
Networks had accounted for its employee stock options under the fair value
method prescribed by FAS 123. The resulting effect on pro forma net loss
disclosed is not likely to be representative of the effects on net (loss) on a
pro forma basis in future years, due to subsequent years including additional
grants and years of vesting.

     The fair value of each option granted through March  31, 1999 was estimated
on the date of grant using the minimum value method with the following
weighted-average assumptions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  PERIOD FROM
                                   INCEPTION             YEAR ENDED           THREE MONTHS
                               (FEBRUARY 2, 1996)       DECEMBER 31,        ENDED MARCH 31,
                                TO DECEMBER 31,     --------------------  --------------------
                                      1996            1997       1998       1998       1999
                               ------------------   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                            <C>                  <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Dividend yield...............       --                 --         --         --         --
Volatility factor............       --                 --         --         --         --
Risk-free interest rate......      6.20%              6.20%      5.23%      5.23%      5.23%
Expected life................    4.5 years          4.5 years  4.5 years  4.5 years  4.0 years
Weighted average fair value
  of options granted in the
  period.....................      $0.02              $0.03      $0.37      $0.37      $2.19
</TABLE>

                                      F-18
<PAGE>   88
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

     For purposes of pro forma disclosures, the estimated fair value of options
is amortized to pro forma expense over the options' vesting period. Pro forma
information follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  PERIOD FROM
                                   INCEPTION                             THREE MONTHS
                                  (FEBRUARY 2,       YEAR ENDED              ENDED
                                    1996) TO        DECEMBER 31,         DECEMBER 31,
                                  DECEMBER 31,   -------------------   -----------------
                                      1996         1997       1998      1998      1999
                                  ------------   --------   --------   -------   -------
                                                                          (UNAUDITED)
<S>                               <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>       <C>
Net Loss:
  As Reported...................    $(1,799)     $(10,363)  $(30,971)  $(3,905)  $(6,675)
  Pro Forma.....................     (1,805)      (10,403)   (31,143)   (3,922)   (6,849)
Basic and Diluted Net Loss Per
Share:
  As Reported...................      (0.46)        (1.21)     (2.39)    (0.36)    (0.45)
  Pro Forma.....................      (0.46)        (1.21)     (2.40)    (0.36)    (0.46)
</TABLE>


7.  401(k) PLAN

      Juniper Networks maintains a savings and retirement plan under Section
401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. All employees are eligible to participate
on their first day of employment with Juniper Networks. Under the plan,
employees may contribute up to 20% of their pretax salaries per year but not
more than the statutory limits. Juniper Networks does not contribute to the
plan.

8.  COMMITMENTS

      Juniper Networks leases its facilities under operating leases that expire
in 2001. Rental expense for the period from inception (February 2, 1996) to
December 31, 1996 and for the years ended December 31, 1997 and 1998, were
$145,000, $529,000, and $937,000.

      Future minimum payments under the noncancellable operating leases consist
of the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       DECEMBER 31,
                           1998
                       ------------
<S>                    <C>
1999.................     $1,422
2000.................      1,071
2001.................        721
                          ------
Total minimum lease
  payments...........     $3,214
                          ======
</TABLE>

      Juniper Networks has outstanding purchase order commitments for materials
of approximately $2,442,000 at December 31, 1998 and $2,000,000 at March 31,
1999. Juniper Networks expects the purchase orders to be fulfilled in 1999. Of
this amount, Juniper Networks has accrued approximately $295,000 and $160,000 of
the outstanding commitments for obsolete inventory as of December 31, 1998 and
March 31, 1999. These expenses are included within cost of revenue in the year
ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>   89
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)

9.  INCOME TAXES

     Due to operating losses and the inability to recognize the benefits
therefrom, there is no provision for income taxes for the period from inception
(February 2, 1996) to December 31, 1996, or for the years ended December 31,
1997, and 1998.

     Significant components of Juniper Networks' deferred tax assets as of
December 31, 1997 and 1998 are as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                        -------------------
                                                         1997        1998
                                                         ----        ----
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>
Deferred tax assets:
  Net operating loss carryforwards....................  $ 4,600    $ 13,470
  Research credit carryforwards.......................      600       1,490
  Deferred revenue....................................       --       2,700
  Other temporary differences.........................       --         390
                                                        -------    --------
Total deferred tax assets.............................    5,200      18,050
Valuation allowance...................................   (5,200)    (18,050)
                                                        -------    --------
Net deferred tax assets...............................  $    --    $     --
                                                        =======    ========
</TABLE>

      FASB Statement No. 109 provides for the recognition of deferred tax assets
if realization of such assets is more likely than not. Based upon the weight of
available evidence, which includes Juniper Networks' historical operating
performance and the reported cumulative net losses in all prior years, Juniper
Networks has provided a full valuation allowance against its net deferred tax
assets.

      The net valuation allowance increased by $5,200,000 during the year ended
December 31, 1997.

      At December 31, 1998, Juniper Networks had net operating loss
carryforwards for federal and California tax purposes of approximately
$34,000,000 and $33,000,000. Juniper Networks also had federal and state
research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $950,000 and
$815,000. The net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards will expire at
various dates beginning in 2004, if not utilized.

      Utilization of net operating loss and credit carryforwards may be subject
to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations
provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and similar state provisions. The
annual limitation may result in the expiration of the net operating loss and
credit carryforwards before utilization.

10.  EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF AUDITOR'S REPORT


1999 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN



      In April 1999, the board of directors approved the adoption of Juniper
Networks' 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "purchase plan"). A total of
500,000 shares of common stock have been reserved for issuance under the 1999
purchase plan, plus, commencing on January 1, 2000, annual increases equal to
the lesser of 500,000 shares, 1% of the outstanding common shares on such date
or a lesser amount determined by the board of directors. The 1999 purchase plan
permits eligible employees to acquire shares of Juniper Networks' common stock
through periodic payroll deductions of up to 10% of base compensation. No more
than 1,000 shares may be purchased by each employee in any


                                      F-20
<PAGE>   90
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


twelve month period, and in no event, may an employee purchase more than $25,000
worth of stock, determined at the fair market value of the shares at the time
such option is granted, in one calendar year. The purchase plan will be
implemented in a series of offering periods, each approximately six months in
duration; provided, however, that the first offering period will be
approximately thirteen months in duration, ending on the last trading day on or
before July 31, 2000. The price at which the common stock may be purchased is
85% of the lesser of the fair market value of Juniper Network's common stock on
the first day of the applicable offering period or on the last day of the
respective purchase period. The initial offering period will commence on the
effectiveness of the initial public offering and will end on July 31, 2000.



ISSUANCE OF SERIES D AND D-1 CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK



      In March 1999, Juniper Network's board of directors approved an increase
in the authorized number of shares of preferred stock to 14,039,059 shares.



      In March 1999, the Company issued 500,000 shares of Series D preferred
stock and 2,580,000 shares of Series D-1 preferred stock at $11.03 per share,
resulting in cash proceeds of $33,972,400.



      Holders of Juniper Networks' Series D and D-1 preferred stock are entitled
to one vote for each share of common stock into which the preferred stock is
convertible. Holders of Juniper Networks' preferred stock shall also be entitled
to vote separately as a class with regard to customary protective provisions.



      The holders of Series D and D-1 preferred stock are entitled to annual
noncumulative dividends per share of $0.55 per share when and if declared by the
board of directors. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidations of
Juniper Networks, Series D and D-1 shareholders are entitled to a liquidation
preference per share of $11.03 per share plus any declared but unpaid dividends,
all in preference to the holders of the common stock. Upon the completion of
this distribution, the holders of the common stock will receive any and all
remaining assets of Juniper Networks.



      The holders of Series D and D-1 preferred stock have the right at any time
after the date of issuance to convert each of their shares into a number of
shares of common stock determined by dividing the initial offering price per
share of the Series D and D-1 preferred stock by the conversion price, which is
$11.03. This conversion rate is subject to adjustments for dilution. Each share
of preferred stock shall be automatically converted into shares of common stock
at the then effective conversion rate upon (a) the closing of the issuance of
shares following the effectiveness of a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933, pursuant to a firm commitment offering of Juniper
Networks' common stock at a price per share of not less than three times the
applicable conversion rate for the Series A and B preferred stock, a price per
share of not less than one-and-a-half times the then applicable conversion rate
for the Series C preferred stock, and a price per share of not less than one
times the then applicable conversion rate for the Series D and D-1 preferred
stock, subject to adjustments for dilution, with aggregate proceeds in excess of
$10,000,000 or (b) the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3 of the then
outstanding shares of preferred stock.



      If within one hundred and eighty days of the original issue date of the
Series D-1 preferred stock, Juniper Networks files a registration statement
under the Securities Act of 1933 covering an underwritten initial public
offering, the Series D-1 conversion rate will be modified to equal the original
issue price per share of the Series D-1 preferred stock divided by 85% of the
initial public offering price. If, between 180 days and one


                                      F-21
<PAGE>   91
                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)


year from the original issue date of the Series D-1 preferred stock, Juniper
Networks files a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933
covering an underwritten initial public offering, the Series D-1 conversion rate
will be modified to equal the original issue price per share of the Series D-1
preferred stock divided by 75% of the initial public offering price. If, between
one year and fifteen months from the original issue date of the Series D-1
preferred stock, Juniper Networks files a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933 covering an underwritten initial public offering, the
Series D-1 conversion rate will be modified to equal the original issue price
per share of the Series D-1 preferred stock divided by 65% of the initial public
offering price. If Juniper Networks files a registration statement under the
Securities Act of 1933 covering an underwritten initial public offering after 15
months from the original issue date of the Series D-1 preferred stock there will
be no adjustment to the Series D-1 conversion rate.


AMENDMENT TO 1996 STOCK OPTION PLAN


      On April 19, 1999, the board of directors approved the following
amendments to the 1996 Stock Option Plan:


      (i)  The number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan was
           increased by 3,000,000 to 19,187,500 shares.


      (ii) An annual increase to the Plan will be added on the first day of each
           fiscal year, beginning in 2000, equal to the lesser of (1) 3,000,000
           shares, (2) 5% of the outstanding shares on that date, or (3) a
           lesser amount determined by the board of directors.


                                      F-22
<PAGE>   92

                                  UNDERWRITING

     Juniper Networks, the selling stockholders and the underwriters for this
offering named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to
the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has
severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following
table. Goldman, Sachs & Co., Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation, BancBoston
Robertson Stephens Inc., and Dain Rauscher Wessels, a division of Dain Rauscher
Incorporated are the representatives of the underwriters.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              NUMBER OF
                        UNDERWRITERS                           SHARES
                        ------------                          ---------
<S>                                                           <C>
Goldman, Sachs & Co.........................................
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation......................
BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc...........................
Dain Rauscher Wessels, a division of Dain Rauscher
  Incorporated..............................................

                                                              ---------
  Total.....................................................  4,800,000
                                                              =========
</TABLE>


                         ------------------------------


      If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in
the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional
98,071 shares from Juniper Networks and an option to buy an additional 621,929
shares from one of the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may
exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this
option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the
same proportion as set forth in the table above.



      The following table shows the per share and the underwriting discount to
be paid to the underwriters by Juniper Networks and the selling stockholders.
Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the
underwriters' option to purchase 720,000 additional shares.


                              Paid by the Company

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       No Exercise    Full Exercise
                       -----------    -------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>
Per Share............   $               $
Total................   $               $
</TABLE>

                        Paid by the Selling Stockholders

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                       No Exercise    Full Exercise
                       -----------    -------------
<S>                    <C>            <C>
Per Share............   $               $
Total................   $               $
</TABLE>

      Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at
the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any
shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount
of up to $     per share from the initial public offering price. Any such
securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to
certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $     per share from the
initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial
offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other
selling terms.


      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares of
common stock. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among Juniper
Networks and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in
determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to
prevailing market conditions, will be Juniper Networks' historical performance,
estimates of the business potential and earnings


                                       U-1
<PAGE>   93

prospects of Juniper Networks, an assessment of Juniper Networks' management and
the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of
companies in related businesses.

      Juniper Networks, the officers, the directors and the stockholders have
agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of their shares of
common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common
stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the
date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except that (i) two (2) days
after Juniper Networks publicly releases its operating results for the quarter
ended September 30, 1999, fifteen percent (15%) of the total number of shares of
common stock locked-up pursuant to lock-up agreements shall be released from the
lock-up provisions on a pro rata basis for each stockholder subject to such
lock-up agreements, and (ii) thirty (30) days after Juniper Networks releases
its operating results for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, another twenty-
five percent (25%) of the total number of shares of common stock locked-up
pursuant to lock-up agreements shall be released from the lock-up provisions on
a pro rata basis for each stockholder subject to such lock-up agreements. In
addition, shares of common stock can be released with the prior written consent
of Goldman, Sachs & Co. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion
of certain transfer restrictions.


      At the request of Juniper Networks, the underwriters have reserved at the
initial public offering price up to eight percent of the shares of common stock
for sale to directors, officers, employees, business associates and related
persons of Juniper Networks. The number of shares of common stock available for
sale to the general public will be reduced to the extent these individuals
purchase such reserved shares. Any reserved shares which are not so purchased
will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same basis as
the other shares offered by this prospectus.


      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell
shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short
sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by
short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater
number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering.
Stabilizing transactions consist of certain bids or purchases made for the
purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common
stock while the offering is in progress.

      The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a
particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting
discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold
by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.

      These activities by the underwriters may stabilize, maintain or otherwise
affect the market price of the common stock. As a result, the price of the
common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open
market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued by the
underwriters at any time. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq
National Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

      The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed
five percent of the total number of shares offered.

      The common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq National Market under the
symbol "JNPR."


      Juniper Networks estimates that the total expenses of the offering payable
by us, excluding the underwriting discount, will be approximately $1,100,000.


      Juniper Networks and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the
several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act of 1933.

                                       U-2
<PAGE>   94
                      APPENDIX -- DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHICS

PROSPECTUS COVER

Juniper Networks, Inc. Logo


INSIDE FRONT COVER

A diagram that shows the M40 providing the critical links in the Internet
backbone to the fiber optic core of a Service Provider's Network. Four different
links showing the M40 and other pictures are depicted with the tag lines as
follows: 1) The hub of the diagram has the tag line "Controlling the Fiber-Optic
Core"; "Connecting the Service Provider" and "Servers"; 2) "Concentrating
Network Access," "Home" and "Business"; 3) "Managing Exploding Traffic Demands,"
"Cyber Cafe," "ATM" and "Cellular"; 4) "Differentiated Services for Multimedia
Applications," and "Multimedia Web Pages,"; 5) At the bottom of the page is the
text "Juniper Networks M40 Internet backbone routers are linking users and
applications across the new public network."


PAGE 33

Diagram showing areas of bottleneck when packet/cell switching and fiber optic
technologies are deployed together. The left side of the diagram is labeled
"Electronic Packet/Cell Switching" above pictures of computers. To the right of
the diagram is the text "Electronic Packet/Cell Switching" above pictures of
servers which are labeled "Servers." Between these pictures are links labeled
"Fiber Optic Core" and the text "Bottleneck" at the edges of the Fiber Optic
Core links.


PAGE 36

Diagram showing a typical architecture for a service provider's network
backbone, including the placement of network routes, switches and access
concentration points. Diagram contains the text "Enterprise Routers," "DS3,"
"DS1," "DS0," "OC-12," "OC-3," "ATM," "OC-12 ATM or OC-12 SONET or OC-48
SONET," "Core Backbone," "Intra-POP," "Access," "Router," "Switch" and "Access
Concentration Point."


PAGE 38

Diagram showing traffic path between router points labeled "San Francisco" and
"New York." Below the diagram is a legend of icons in the diagram which are
labeled "Shortest path," "Traffic Engineered Path" and "Router."

PAGE 41

Diagram showing the JUNOS Routing Engine with the text "Forwarding Table"
contained in the diagram. Also includes a diagram below this diagram of the
Packet Forwarding Engine containing the text "Forwarding Table," "Internet
Processor," "Memory-based Switch Fabric" and "I/O Card."

PAGE 43

Picture of our M40 Internet backbone router together with a data table of rack
configuration information. The data table includes the following configuration
data:

  Interface                   Ports Per M40         Ports per 7ft. Rack
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
OC-48 STM-16 SONET/SDH              8                      16
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
OC-12/STM-4 ATM                    32                      64
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
OC-12/STM-4 SONET/SDH              32                      64
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
OC-3/STM-1 ATM                     64                     128
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
OC-3/STM-1 SONET/SDH              128                     256
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
DS3                               128                     256
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------
Gigabit Ethernet                   32                      64


INSIDE BACK COVER

A hub and spoke diagram showing a photograph of our M40 Internet backbone with
the three critical ASIC components of the M40. Surrounding the photo of the M40
is the following text listed in counter clockwise order starting from the top:
1) "Purpose-built wire speed system for scaling the new public network growth";
2) "Using the IP infrastructure to manage our business of delivering the new
public network"; 3) "Services for customers to harness technology for
competitive advantage"; 4) "creating the fiber optic new public network with
greater bandwidth and richer services"; and 5) "JUNOS Internet Software for
traffic engineering, network optimization and control." Also includes a diagram
on the lower left hand portion showing the JUNOS Routing Engine with the text
"Forwarding Table" contained in the diagram. To the right of this diagram is the
text "Routing Engine uses knowledge of network to construct a forwarding table."
Also includes a diagram below this diagram of the Packet Forwarding Engine
containing the text "Forwarding Table," "Internet Processor," "Memory-based
Switch Fabric" and "I/O Card." To the right of this diagram is the text "Packet
Forwarding Engine (PFE) directs packets from an input interface to an output
interface based on the forwarding table."


PROSPECTUS BACK COVER

Juniper Networks, Inc. Logo



<PAGE>   95

- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------

     No dealer, salesperson or other person is authorized to give any
information or to represent anything not contained in this prospectus. You must
not rely on any unauthorized information or representations. This prospectus is
an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances
and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in
this prospectus is current only as of its date.

                           -------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      PAGE
                                      ----
<S>                                   <C>
Prospectus Summary..................    3
Risk Factors........................    6
Note Regarding Forward-Looking
  Statements........................   18
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds
  from this Offering................   18
Dividend Policy.....................   18
Capitalization......................   19
Dilution............................   20
Selected Consolidated Financial
  Data..............................   22
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  Of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.....................   23
Business............................   32
Management..........................   49
Certain Transactions................   58
Principal and Selling
  Stockholders......................   61
Description of Capital Stock........   63
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.....   65
Where You May Find Additional
  Information.......................   67
Legal Matters.......................   67
Experts.............................   67
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements........................  F-1
Underwriting........................  U-1
</TABLE>


     Through and including              , 1999 (the 25th day after the date of
this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a
prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus
when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or
subscription.
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------

- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------

                                4,800,000 Shares

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.
                                  Common Stock

                           -------------------------
                                 [Juniper logo]
                           -------------------------
                              GOLDMAN, SACHS & CO.

                           CREDIT SUISSE FIRST BOSTON

                                   BANCBOSTON

                               ROBERTSON STEPHENS

                             DAIN RAUSCHER WESSELS
 A DIVISION OF  DAIN RAUSCHER INCORPORATED

                      Representatives of the Underwriters

             ------------------------------------------------------
             ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   96

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than
underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the
sale of common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC
registration fee and the NASD filing fee and the Nasdaq National Market listing
fee. None of such expenses will be borne by selling stockholders.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                AMOUNT
                                                              TO BE PAID
                                                              ----------
<S>                                                           <C>
SEC registration fee........................................  $   19,460
NASD filing fee.............................................       7,500
Nasdaq National Market listing fee..........................       5,000
Printing and engraving expenses.............................     200,000
Legal fees and expenses.....................................     450,000
Accounting fees and expenses................................     250,000
Blue Sky qualification fees and expenses....................       3,000
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees...........................      10,000
Miscellaneous fees and expenses.............................      43,509
                                                              ----------
         Total..............................................  $1,100,000
                                                              ==========
</TABLE>


- ---------------
 * To be supplied by amendment.

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation
to include in its charter documents, and in agreements between the corporation
and its directors and officers, provisions expanding the scope of
indemnification beyond that specifically provided by the current law.


     Article Eighth of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation
provides for the indemnification of directors and officers to the fullest extent
permissible under Delaware law.



     Article VI of our bylaws provides for the indemnification of officers,
directors and third parties acting on behalf of Juniper Networks if such person
acted in good faith and in a manner reasonably believed to be in and not opposed
to our best interest, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding,
the indemnified party had no reason to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.



     We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and
executive officers, in addition to indemnification provided for in our bylaws,
and intend to enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors and
executive officers in the future. The indemnification agreements may require us,
among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers against certain
liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors and
officers (other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of culpable
nature), to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding
against them as to which they could be indemnified, and to obtain directors and
officers' insurance, if available on reasonable terms.


Reference is also made to Section 8 of the Underwriting Agreement contained in
Exhibit 1.1 hereto, indemnifying officers and directors of Juniper Networks
against certain liabilities.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>   97

ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

     Since inception, we have issued unregistered securities to a limited number
of persons as described below:


      1. On February 6, 1996, we sold 4,050,000 shares of our common stock for
         an aggregate purchase price of $8,910.00 to employees.



      2. On April 15, 1996 we sold 225,000 shares of our common stock for an
         aggregate purchase price of $2,002.50 to an employee.



      3. On June 12, 1996 we sold 450,000 shares of our common stock for an
         aggregate purchase price of $20,025.00 to an employee.


      4. From inception through March 31, 1999 (the most recent practicable
         date), we granted stock options and restricted stock purchase rights to
         purchase an aggregate of 14,966,447 shares of our common stock at
         prices ranging from $0.11 to $14.00 per share to employees, consultants
         and directors pursuant to our 1996 Stock Plan.

      5. From inception through March 31, 1999 (the most recent practicable
         date), we issued and sold an aggregate of 10,367,409 shares of our
         common stock to employees, consultants and directors for aggregate
         consideration of $2,022,816.00 pursuant to exercise of options granted
         under our 1996 Stock Plan.

      6. From inception through March 31, 1999, we issued an aggregate of
         111,283 shares of our common stock under our 1996 Stock Plan to
         consultants in consideration for past services rendered for an
         aggregate value of $74,365.00.


      7. On June 11, 1996, we sold 1,743,751 shares of Series A Preferred Stock
         for $1.00 per share to the following investors for an aggregate
         purchase price of $1,743,751: Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers Fund
         VII, KPCB Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund II, Kleiner Perkins
         Caufield & Byers VII and WS Investment Company 96A.



      8. On June 11, 1996, we sold 6,328,123 shares of Common Stock for $0.44
         per share to the following investors for an aggregate purchase price of
         $281,249.90: Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers Fund VII, KPCB
         Information Sciences Zaibatsu Fund II, Kleiner Perkins Caufield & Byers
         VII and WS Investment Company 96A.



      9. On August 5, 1996 and November 8, 1996, we sold 3,818,017 shares of our
         Series B Preferred Stock for $2.40 per share to the following private
         investors for an aggregate purchase price of $9,163,240.80: Benchmark
         Capital Partners, L.P., Benchmark Founders' Fund, L.P., Crosspoint
         Venture Partners 1996, Institutional Venture Management VII, L.P., IVP
         Founders Fund, I, L.P., Institutional Venture Partners VI, L.P., KPCB
         Informational Sciences Zaibatsu Fund II, Kleiner Perkins Caufield &
         Byers VII, Kriens 1996 Trust U/T/A October 29, 1996, McQuillan
         Consulting Self-Empowered Profit Sharing Plan, NEA Presidents Fund
         L.P., NEA Ventures 1996, L.P., New Enterprise Associates VI, Limited
         Partnership, O'Brien Family Trust, U/T/A dated 7/1/92, Larry Sonsini,
         Stensud Family Trust U/T/A September 16, 1993 and WS Investment Company
         96B.



     10. On December 16, 1996, in connection with an equipment lease, we issued
         a warrant to purchase 83,333 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at
         an exercise price of $2.40 per share to Venture Lending & Leasing, Inc.



     11. On December 30, 1996, we issued 3,958 shares of Series B Preferred
         Stock at $2.40 per share to William Gunning and Florin Oprescu as
         consideration for past services rendered.


                                      II-2
<PAGE>   98


     12. On June 18, 1997, in connection with a lease agreement, we issued a
         warrant to purchase 10,000 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at an
         exercise price of $2.40 per share to Excite @Home.



     13. On July 1, 1997 and September 30, 1997, we sold 5,151,178 shares of our
         Series C Preferred Stock at $8.93 per share to the following private
         investors for an aggregate purchase price of $46,000,020: 3Com
         Corporation, Anschutz Family Investment Company LLC, AT&T Venture Fund
         II, L.P., Crosspoint Venture Partners 1996, Ericsson Business Networks
         AB, Lucent Technologies, Inc., Newbridge Networks Corporation, Nortel
         Networks Corporation and UUNet Technologies, Inc.



     14. On September 30, 1997, in connection with an equipment lease, we issued
         a warrant to purchase 23,516 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock at
         an exercise price of $8.93 per share to Venture Lending & Leasing, Inc.



     15. On March 3, 1999, we issued 130,000 shares of common stock to an
         employee at an exercise price of $9.90 per share pursuant to a
         restricted stock purchase agreement.



     16. On March 16, 1999, we sold 500,000 shares of our Series D Preferred
         Stock and 2,580,000 shares of Series D-1 Preferred Stock both for
         $11.03 per share to Ericsson Business Networks AB for an aggregate
         purchase price of $33,972,400.


     For additional information concerning these equity investment transactions,
reference is made to the information contained under the caption "Certain
Transactions" in the form of prospectus included herein.

     Except as indicated above, none of the foregoing transactions involved any
underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering, and
we believe that each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements
of the Securities Act by virtue of Section 4(2) thereof, Regulation D
promulgated thereunder or Rule 701 pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and
contracts relating to compensation as provided under such Rule 701. The
recipients in such transactions represented their intention to acquire the
securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection
with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to the share
certificates and instruments issued in such transactions. All recipients had
adequate access, through their relationships with us, to information about us.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     (A) INDEX TO EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- -------                     -----------------------
<C>       <S>
1.1       Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1**     Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
          Registrant.
3.3**     Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
4.1*      Form of Registrant's Common Stock certificate.
4.2**     Warrant to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock of
          the Registrant issued to Venture Lending & Leasing, Inc.
4.3**     Warrant to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock of
          the Registrant issued to At Home Corporation.
4.4**     Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock of
          the Registrant issued to Venture Lending & Lending, Inc.
4.5**     Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock of
          the Registrant issued to Venture Lending & Lending, Inc.
</TABLE>


                                      II-3
<PAGE>   99


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT
NUMBER                      DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
- -------                     -----------------------
<C>       <S>
4.6**     Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
          dated March 9, 1999.
5.1*      Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional
          Corporation.
10.1**    Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the
          Registrant with each of its directors and executive
          officers.
10.2**    Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Plan.
10.3**    1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.4**    Sublease between Trident Microsystems, Inc. and the
          Registrant dated July 1, 1998.
10.5**    Sublease between At Home Corporation and the Registrant
          dated June 4, 1998.
10.6**    Severance Agreement between Scott Kriens and the Registrant
          dated October 1, 1996.
10.7**    Change of Control Agreement between Marcel Gani and the
          Registrant dated February 18, 1997.
10.8+**   Agreement for ASIC Design and Purchase of Products by and
          between IBM Microelectronics and the Registrant dated August
          26, 1997.
10.8.1+** Amendment One to Agreement for ASIC Design and Purchase of
          Products by and between IBM Microelectronics and the
          Registrant dated January 5, 1998.
10.8.2+** Amendment Two to Agreement for ASIC Design and Purchase of
          Products by and between IBM Microelectronics and the
          Registrant dated March 2, 1998.
10.9+**   Standard Manufacturing Agreement by and among Solectron
          California Corporation, Fine Pitch Technology Inc. and the
          Registrant dated June 10, 1998.
21.1*     Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1      Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors (see page
          II-6 of the Registration Statement).
23.2*     Consent of Counsel. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
23.3      Consent of International Data Corporation
23.4      Consent of Ryan, Hankin Kent
24.1**    Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
27.1**    Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ---------------

* To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.

+ Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit.

     (B) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

     Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information
required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial
statements or notes thereto.

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

     We hereby undertake to provide to the Underwriters at the closing specified
in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered
in such names as required by the Underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each
purchaser.

     Insofar as indemnification by us for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling
persons pursuant to the provisions referenced in Item 14 of this Registration
Statement or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion

                                      II-4
<PAGE>   100

of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public
policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In
the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than
the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer, or
controlling person of Juniper Networks in the successful defense of any action,
suit or proceeding) is asserted by a director, officer or controlling person in
connection with the securities being registered hereunder, we will, unless in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such
indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

     We hereby undertake that:

          (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of
     this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
     form of Prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
     under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this Registration
     Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

          (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities
     Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of Prospectus shall
     be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
     offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be
     deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>   101

                                   SIGNATURES


     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1993, AS AMENDED, THE
REGISTRANT HAS DULY CAUSED THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT TO BE SIGNED ON ITS
BEHALF BY THE UNDERSIGNED, THEREUNTO DULY AUTHORIZED, IN THE CITY OF MOUNTAIN
VIEW, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, ON THE 4TH DAY OF JUNE, 1999.


                                          JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                                          By                  *

                                            ------------------------------------
                                                        Scott Kriens
                                               President and Chief Executive
                                                           Officer

     PURSUANT TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, THIS
REGISTRATION STATEMENT HAS BEEN SIGNED BY THE FOLLOWING PERSONS IN THE
CAPACITIES AND ON THE DATES INDICATED:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                     SIGNATURE                                       TITLE                       DATE
                     ---------                                       -----                       ----
<C>                                                    <S>                                  <C>
                         *                             President and Chief Executive          June 4, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------      Officer and Chairman of the
                   Scott Kriens                          Board (Principal Executive
                                                         Officer)

                         *                             Chief Technical Officer and Vice       June 4, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------      Chairman of the Board
                  Pradeep Sindhu

                  /s/ MARCEL GANI                      Chief Financial Officer                June 4, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------      (Principal Financial and
                    Marcel Gani                          Accounting Officer)

                         *                             Director                               June 4, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
               William R. Hearst III

                         *                             Director                               June 4, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
                   Vinod Khosla

                         *                             Director                               June 4, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
                C. Richard Kramlich

                         *                             Director                               June 4, 1999
- ---------------------------------------------------
                 William Stensrud

               *By: /s/ MARCEL GANI                    Attorney-in-fact                       June 4, 1999
  ----------------------------------------------
                    Marcel Gani
</TABLE>


                                      II-6
<PAGE>   102

                               INDEX TO EXHIBITS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                       DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENT
   -------                      -----------------------
  <C>         <S>
  1.1         Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.1**       Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
              Registrant.
  3.3**       Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant.
  4.1*        Form of Registrant's Common Stock certificate.
  4.2**       Warrant to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock of
              the Registrant issued to Venture Lending & Leasing, Inc.
  4.3**       Warrant to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock of
              the Registrant issued to At Home Corporation.
  4.4**       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock of
              the Registrant issued to Venture Lending & Lending, Inc.
  4.5**       Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock of
              the Registrant issued to Venture Lending & Lending, Inc.
  4.6**       Third Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
              dated March 9, 1999.
  5.1*        Opinion of Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati Professional
              Corporation.
  10.1**      Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into by the
              Registrant with each of its directors and executive
              officers.
  10.2**      Amended and Restated 1996 Stock Plan.
  10.3**      1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  10.4**      Sublease between Trident Microsystems, Inc. and the
              Registrant dated July 1, 1998.
  10.5**      Sublease between At Home Corporation and the Registrant
              dated June 4, 1998.
  10.6**      Severance Agreement between Scott Kriens and the Registrant
              dated October 1, 1996.
  10.7**      Change of Control Agreement between Marcel Gani and the
              Registrant dated February 18, 1997.
  10.8+**     Agreement for ASIC Design and Purchase of Products by and
              between IBM Microelectronics and the Registrant dated August
              26, 1997.
  10.8.1+**   Amendment One to Agreement for ASIC Design and Purchase of
              Products by and between IBM Microelectronics and the
              Registrant dated January 5, 1998.
  10.8.2+**   Amendment Two to Agreement for ASIC Design and Purchase of
              Products by and between IBM Microelectronics and the
              Registrant dated March 2, 1998.
  10.9+**     Standard Manufacturing Agreement by and among Solectron
              California Corporation, Fine Pitch Technology Inc. and the
              Registrant dated June 10, 1998.
  21.1*       Subsidiaries of Registrant
  23.1        Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors (see page
              II-6 of the Registration Statement).
  23.2*       Consent of Counsel. Reference is made to Exhibit 5.1.
  23.3        Consent of International Data Corporation
  23.4        Consent of Ryan, Hankin Kent
  24.1**      Power of Attorney (see page II-5).
  27.1**      Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>


- ---------------

* To be filed by amendment.

** Previously filed.

+ Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions of this exhibit.

<PAGE>   1
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1.1

                             JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                              --------------------

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT



                                                                  June ___, 1999

Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc.
Credit Suisse First Boston Corporation
Dain Rauscher Wessels
    As representatives of the several Underwriters
      named in Schedule I hereto,
c/o Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
85 Broad Street,
New York, New York 10004

Ladies and Gentlemen:

         Juniper Networks, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"),
proposes, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to issue and sell
to the Underwriters named in Schedule I hereto (the "Underwriters") an aggregate
of _______________ shares of Common Stock ("Stock") of the Company, and the
stockholders of the Company named in Schedule II hereto (the "Selling
Stockholders") propose, subject to the terms and conditions stated herein, to
sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of ________________ shares and, at the
election of the Underwriters, up to _____________ additional shares of Stock.
The aggregate of _______________ shares to be sold by the Company and the
Selling Stockholders is herein called the "Firm Shares" and the aggregate of
____________ additional shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders is herein
called the "Optional Shares". The Firm Shares and the Optional Shares that the
Underwriters elect to purchase pursuant to Section 2 hereof are herein
collectively called the "Shares".

     1. (a) The Company represents and warrants to, and agrees with, each of the
Underwriters that:

          (i) A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333- .) (the
     "Initial Registration Statement") in respect of the Shares has been filed
     with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission"); the Initial
     Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, each in
     the form heretofore delivered to you, and, excluding exhibits thereto, to
     you for each of the other Underwriters, have been declared effective by the
     Commission in such form; other than a registration statement, if any,
     increasing the size of the offering (a "Rule 462(b) Registration
     Statement"), filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of
     1933, as amended (the "Act"), which became effective upon filing, no other
     document with respect to the Initial Registration Statement has heretofore
     been filed by the Company with the Commission; and to the Company's
     knowledge, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Initial

<PAGE>   2



          Registration Statement, any post-effective amendment thereto or the
     Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if any, has been issued and to the
     Company's knowledge, no proceeding for that purpose has been initiated or
     threatened by the Commission (any preliminary prospectus included in the
     Initial Registration Statement or filed with the Commission pursuant to
     Rule 424(a) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Act is
     hereinafter called a "Preliminary Prospectus"; the various parts of the
     Initial Registration Statement and the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,
     if any, including all exhibits thereto and including the information
     contained in the form of final prospectus filed with the Commission
     pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act in accordance with Section 5(a)
     hereof and deemed by virtue of Rule 430A under the Act to be part of the
     Initial Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective, each
     as amended at the time such part of the Initial Registration Statement
     became effective or such part of the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, if
     any, became or hereafter becomes effective, are hereinafter collectively
     called the "Registration Statement"; and such final prospectus, in the form
     first filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act, is hereinafter called
     the "Prospectus";

          (ii) No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
     Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary
     Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, conformed in all material
     respects to the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations of
     the Commission thereunder, and did not contain an untrue statement of a
     material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
     therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the
     circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided,
     however, that this representation and warranty shall not apply to any
     statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with
     information furnished in writing to the Company by an Underwriter through
     Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein or by a Selling Stockholder
     expressly for use therein;

          (iii) The Registration Statement conforms, and the Prospectus and any
     further amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or the
     Prospectus will conform, in all material respects to the requirements of
     the Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and do
     not and will not, as of the applicable effective date as to the
     Registration Statement and any amendment thereto and as of the applicable
     filing date as to the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto,
     contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material
     fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
     therein not misleading; provided, however, that this representation and
     warranty shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance
     upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company
     by an Underwriter through Goldman, Sachs & Co. expressly for use therein or
     by a Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein;

          (iv) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained
     since the date of the latest audited financial statements included in the
     Prospectus any material loss or interference with its business from fire,
     explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or
     from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree,
     otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus; and, since
     the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus through the date hereof, there has not been
     any change in the capital stock, net current assets, stockholders' equity,
     net sales, net loss or long-term debt of the Company or any of its
     subsidiaries or any material adverse change, or any development



                                       2
<PAGE>   3

     involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the
     general affairs, management, financial position, stockholders' equity or
     results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than
     as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus;

          (v) The Company and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in
     fee simple to all real property owned by them and good and marketable title
     to all personal property owned by them, in each case free and clear of all
     liens, encumbrances and defects except such as are described in the
     Prospectus or such as do not materially affect the value of such property
     and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made
     of such property by the Company and its subsidiaries; and any real property
     and buildings held under lease by the Company and its subsidiaries are held
     by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with such exceptions
     as are not material and do not interfere with the use made and proposed to
     be made of such property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries;

          (vi) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing as
     a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with
     power and authority (corporate and other) to own its properties and conduct
     its business as described in the Prospectus, and has been duly qualified as
     a foreign corporation for the transaction of business and is in good
     standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or
     leases properties or conducts any business so as to require such
     qualification, or except where the failure to be so qualified would not
     have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or
     financial condition of the Company and subsidiaries taken as a whole (a
     "Material Adverse Effect"); and each subsidiary of the Company has been
     duly incorporated and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
     under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation;

          (vii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in the
     Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the Company
     have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and
     non-assessable and conform in all material respects to the description of
     the Stock contained in the Prospectus; and all of the issued shares of
     capital stock of each subsidiary of the Company have been duly and validly
     authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and (except for
     directors' qualifying shares) are owned directly or indirectly by the
     Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or claims;

          (viii) The unissued Shares to be issued and sold by the Company to the
     Underwriters hereunder have been duly and validly authorized and, when
     issued and delivered against payment therefor as provided herein, will be
     duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and will conform
     in all material respects to the description of the Stock contained in the
     Prospectus;

          (ix) The issue and sale of the Shares to be sold by the Company and
     the compliance by the Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement
     and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not
     conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or
     provisions of, or constitute a default under, any material indenture,
     mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to
     which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the
     Company or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property
     or assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries is subject, nor will
     such action result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of
     Incorporation or By-laws of the Company



                                       3
<PAGE>   4

     or, to the Company's knowledge, any statute or any order, rule or
     regulation of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction
     over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties
     except where such breach, or violation could not reasonably be expected to
     have a Material Adverse Effect; and no consent, approval, authorization,
     order, registration or qualification of or with any such court or
     governmental agency or body is required for the issue and sale of the
     Shares or the consummation by the Company of the transactions contemplated
     by this Agreement, except the registration under the Act of the Shares and
     such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications
     as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection
     with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;

          (x) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of
     its Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws or in default in the
     performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant
     or condition contained in any material indenture, mortgage, deed of trust,
     loan agreement, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a
     party or by which it or any of its properties may be bound;

          (xi) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption
     "Description of Capital Stock" insofar as they purport to constitute a
     summary of the terms of the Stock and under the caption "Underwriting",
     insofar as they purport to describe the provisions of the laws and
     documents referred to therein, are accurate and complete in all material
     respects;

          (xii) Other than as set forth in the Prospectus, there are no legal or
     governmental proceedings pending to which the Company or any of its
     subsidiaries is a party or of which any property of the Company or any of
     its subsidiaries is the subject which, if determined adversely to the
     Company or any of its subsidiaries, would individually or in the aggregate
     have a Material Adverse Effect on the current or future consolidated
     financial position, stockholders' equity or results of operations of the
     Company and its subsidiaries; and, to the Company's knowledge, no such
     proceedings are threatened or contemplated by governmental authorities or
     threatened by others;

          (xiii) The Company is not and, after giving effect to the offering and
     sale of the Shares, will not be an "investment company", as such term is
     defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment
     Company Act");

          (xiv) Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates does business with
     the government of Cuba or with any person or affiliate located in Cuba
     within the meaning of Section 517.075, Florida Statutes;

          (xv) Ernst & Young LLP, who have certified certain financial
     statements of the Company and its subsidiaries, are independent public
     accountants as required by the Act and the rules and regulations of the
     Commission thereunder; and

          (xvi) The Company has initiated a review of its operations and those
     of its subsidiaries to evaluate the extent to which the business or
     operations of the Company or any of its subsidiaries will be affected by
     the Year 2000 Problem. Although we have not completed our assessment, as a
     result of such review conducted to date, the Company has no reason to
     believe, and does not believe, that the Year 2000 Problem will have a
     Material Adverse Effect on the general affairs, management, the current or
     future consolidated financial position, business prospects, stockholders'
     equity or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries or
     result in any material loss or


                                       4
<PAGE>   5

     interference with the Company's business or operations (a "Material Adverse
     Change"). The "Year 2000 Problem" as used herein means any significant risk
     that computer hardware or software used in the receipt, transmission,
     processing, manipulation, storage, retrieval, retransmission or other
     utilization of data or in the operation of mechanical or electrical systems
     of any kind will not, in the case of dates or time periods occurring after
     December 31, 1999, function at least as effectively as in the case of dates
     or time periods occurring prior to January 1, 2000.

          (xvii) The Company owns, or possesses adequate rights to use, all
     material patents necessary for the conduct of its business: to the
     Company's knowledge, no valid United States patent is or would be infringed
     by the activities of the Company, except as would not have a material
     adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations
     or prospects of the Company; there are no actions, suits or judicial
     proceedings pending relating to patents or proprietary information to which
     the Company is a party or of which any property of the Company is subject,
     and, to the knowledge of the Company, no actions, suits or judicial
     proceedings are threatened by governmental authorities or, except as set
     forth in the Prospectus, others, in each case except as would not result in
     any Material Adverse Effect, or, to the Company's knowledge, in any
     development involving a prospective Material Adverse Change in the
     business, results of operations or financial condition of the Company and
     the subsidiaries taken as a whole, except as set forth in the Prospectus or
     as would not result in any Material Adverse Effect, or, to the Company's
     knowledge, in any development involving a prospective Material Adverse
     Change in the business, results of operations or financial condition of the
     Company and the subsidiaries taken as a whole. The Company is not aware of
     any claim by others that the Company is infringing or otherwise violating
     the patents or other intellectual property of others and is not aware of
     any rights of third parties to any of the Company's patent applications,
     licensed patents or licenses which could affect materially the use thereof
     by the Company.

     (b) Each of the Selling Stockholders severally represents and warrants to,
and agrees with, each of the Underwriters and the Company that:

          (i) All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders necessary for
     the execution and delivery by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement
     and the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement hereinafter referred
     to, and for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling
     Stockholder hereunder, have been obtained; and such Selling Stockholder has
     full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the
     Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer
     and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder;

          (ii) The sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder
     hereunder and the compliance by such Selling Stockholder with all of the
     provisions of this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody
     Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein
     contemplated will not, to the knowledge of such Selling Stockholder,
     conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or
     provisions of, or constitute a default under, any statute, or any material
     indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other material
     agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by
     which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or
     assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, nor will such action result
     in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or
     By-laws of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a
     corporation, [the


                                       5
<PAGE>   6

     Partnership Agreement of such Selling Stockholder if such Selling
     Stockholder is a partnership or, to the knowledge of such Selling
     Stockholder, any order, rule or regulation of any court or governmental
     agency or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or the
     property of such Selling Stockholder, except in each case as would not
     adversely affect the ability of the Selling Stockholder to consummate the
     transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

          (iii) Such Selling Stockholder has, and immediately prior to each Time
     of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) such Selling Stockholder will
     have, good and valid title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling
     Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities
     or claims for which such Selling Stockholder has received notice; and,
     assuming the Underwriters purchased the Shares to be sold by such Selling
     Shareholder for value, in good faith and without notice of any adverse
     claims within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code, good and valid
     title to such Shares, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities
     or claims, will pass to the several Underwriters;

          (iv) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing
     to and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to
     offer, sell contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided
     hereunder, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to
     the Shares, including but not limited to any securities that are
     convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to
     receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than
     pursuant to employee stock option plans existing on, or upon the conversion
     or exchange of convertible or exchangeable securities outstanding as of,
     the date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent; provided
     however that (i) two days after the Company publicly releases its operating
     results for the quarter ended September 30, 1999, fifteen percent (15%) of
     the total number of shares of Common Stock locked-up pursuant to lock-up
     agreements shall be released from the lock-up pensions on a pro rata basis
     for each stockholder subject to such lock-up agreements, and (ii) thirty
     days after the Company releases its operating results for the quarter ended
     September 30, 1999, another twenty-five (25%) of the total number of shares
     Common Stock locked-up pursuant to lock-up agreements shall be released
     from the lock-up provisions on a pro rata basis for each stockholder
     subject to such lock-up agreements;

          (v) Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly
     or indirectly, any action which is designed to or which has constituted or
     which might reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or
     manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the
     sale or resale of the Shares;

          (vi) To the extent that any statements or omissions made in the
     Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus or any
     amendment or supplement thereto are made in reliance upon and in conformity
     with written information furnished to the Company by such Selling
     Stockholder expressly for use therein, such Preliminary Prospectus and the
     Registration Statement did, and the Prospectus and any further amendments
     or supplements to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, when they
     become effective or are filed with the Commission, as the case may be, will
     conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Act and the
     rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and will not contain any
     untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact
     required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein
     not misleading;



                                       6
<PAGE>   7

          (vii) In order to document the Underwriters' compliance with the
     reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal
     Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein
     contemplated, such Selling Stockholder will deliver to you prior to or at
     the First Time of Delivery (as hereinafter defined) a properly completed
     and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other
     applicable form or statement specified by Treasury Department regulations
     in lieu thereof);

          (viii) Certificates in negotiable form representing all of the Shares
     to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in
     custody under a Custody Agreement, in the form heretofore furnished to you
     (the "Custody Agreement"), duly executed and delivered by such Selling
     Stockholder to [NAME OF CUSTODIAN], as custodian (the "Custodian"), and
     such Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of
     Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you (the "Power of
     Attorney"), appointing the persons indicated in Schedule II hereto, and
     each of them, as such Selling Stockholder's attorneys-in-fact (the
     "Attorneys-in-Fact") with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement
     on behalf of such Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to
     be paid by the Underwriters to the Selling Stockholders as provided in
     Section 2 hereof, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by
     such Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such
     Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by
     this Agreement and the Custody Agreement; and

          (ix) The Shares represented by the certificates held in custody for
     such Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the
     interests of the Underwriters hereunder; the arrangements made by such
     Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Selling
     Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that
     extent irrevocable; the obligations of the Selling Stockholders hereunder
     shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or
     incapacity of any individual Selling Stockholder or, in the case of an
     estate or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or
     the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership or
     corporation, by the dissolution of such partnership or corporation, or by
     the occurrence of any other event; if any individual Selling Stockholder or
     any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any
     such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership or
     corporation should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur,
     before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing the
     Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of the Selling Stockholders in
     accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the
     Custody Agreements; and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to
     the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity,
     termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of
     whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall
     have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or
     other event.

     2. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, (a) the Company
and each of the Selling Stockholders agree, severally and not jointly, to sell
to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally and
not jointly, to purchase from the Company and each of the Selling Stockholders,
at a purchase price per share of $_________, the number of Firm Shares (to be
adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying
the aggregate number of Firm Shares to be sold by the Company and each of the
Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule II
hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Firm
Shares to be purchased by


                                       7
<PAGE>   8

such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule
I hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Firm Shares to
be purchased by all of the Underwriters from the Company and all of the Selling
Stockholders hereunder and (b) in the event and to the extent that the
Underwriters shall exercise the election to purchase Optional Shares as provided
below, each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to
sell to each of the Underwriters, and each of the Underwriters agrees, severally
and not jointly, to purchase from each of the Selling Stockholders, at the
purchase price per share set forth in clause (a) of this Section 2, that portion
of the number of Optional Shares as to which such election shall have been
exercised (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares)
determined by multiplying such number of Optional Shares by a fraction the
numerator of which is the maximum number of Optional Shares which such
Underwriter is entitled to purchase as set forth opposite the name of such
Underwriter in Schedule I hereto and the denominator of which is the maximum
number of Optional Shares that all of the Underwriters are entitled to purchase
hereunder.

     The Selling Stockholders, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule II
hereto, hereby grant, severally and not jointly, to the Underwriters the right
to purchase at their election up to ______________ Optional Shares, at the
purchase price per share set forth in the paragraph above, for the sole purpose
of covering overallotments in the sale of the Firm Shares. Any such election to
purchase Optional Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of
Optional Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule
II hereto. Any such election to purchase Optional Shares may be exercised only
by written notice from you to the Attorneys-in-Fact, given within a period of 30
calendar days after the date of this Agreement and setting forth the aggregate
number of Optional Shares to be purchased and the date on which such Optional
Shares are to be delivered, as determined by you but in no event earlier than
the First Time of Delivery (as defined in Section 4 hereof) or, unless you and
the Attorneys-in-Fact otherwise agree in writing, earlier than two or later than
ten business days after the date of such notice.

     3. Upon the authorization by you of the release of the Firm Shares, the
several Underwriters propose to offer the Firm Shares for sale upon the terms
and conditions set forth in the Prospectus.

     4. (a) The Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter hereunder, in
definitive form, and in such authorized denominations and registered in such
names as Goldman, Sachs & Co. may request upon at least forty-eight hours' prior
notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be delivered by or on
behalf of the Company and the Selling Stockholders to Goldman, Sachs & Co.,
through the facilities of the Depository Trust Company ("DTC"), for the account
of such Underwriter, against payment by or on behalf of such Underwriter of the
purchase price therefor by wire transfer payable in the case of the Shares to be
purchased from the Company to the order of the Company and in the case of the
Shares to be purchased from the Selling Stockholders, to the order of the
Custodian in Federal (same-day) funds to the account specified by the Company
and the Custodian, to Goldman, Sachs & Co. at least forty-eight hours in
advance. The Company will cause the certificates representing the Shares to be
made available for checking and packaging at least twenty-four hours prior to
the Time of Delivery (as defined below) with respect thereto at the office of
DTC or its designated custodian (the "Designated Office"). The time and date of
such delivery and payment shall be, with respect to the Firm Shares, 9:30 a.m.,
New York time, on ________, 1999 or such other time and date as Goldman, Sachs &
Co., the Company and the Selling Stockholders may agree upon in writing, and,
with respect to the Optional Shares, 9:30 a.m., New York time, on the date
specified by Goldman, Sachs & Co. in the written notice given by Goldman, Sachs
& Co. of the



                                       8
<PAGE>   9

Underwriters' election to purchase such Optional Shares, or such other time and
date as Goldman, Sachs & Co. and, the Company and the Selling Stockholders may
agree upon in writing. Such time and date for delivery of the Firm Shares is
herein called the "First Time of Delivery", such time and date for delivery of
the Optional Shares, if not the First Time of Delivery, is herein called the
"Second Time of Delivery", and each such time and date for delivery is herein
called a "Time of Delivery".

     (b) The documents to be delivered at each Time of Delivery by or on behalf
of the parties hereto pursuant to Section 7 hereof, including the cross receipt
for the Shares and any additional documents requested by the Underwriters
pursuant to Section 7[(k)] hereof, will be delivered at the offices of Wilson
Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, Professional Corporation, 650 Page Mill Road, Palo
Alto, CA 94303 (the "Closing Location"), and the Shares will be delivered at the
Designated Office, all at such Time of Delivery. A meeting will be held at the
Closing Location at ____ p.m., New York City time, on the New York Business Day
next preceding such Time of Delivery, at which meeting the final drafts of the
documents to be delivered pursuant to the preceding sentence will be available
for review by the parties hereto. For the purposes of this Section 4, "New York
Business Day" shall mean each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday
which is not a day on which banking institutions in New York are generally
authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

     5. The Company agrees with each of the Underwriters:

          (a) To prepare the Prospectus in a form approved by you and to file
     such Prospectus pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Act not later than the
     Commission's close of business on the second business day following the
     execution and delivery of this Agreement, or, if applicable, such earlier
     time as may be required by Rule 430A(a)(3) under the Act; to make no
     further amendment or any supplement to the Registration Statement or
     Prospectus which shall be disapproved by you promptly after reasonable
     notice thereof; to advise you, promptly after it receives notice thereof,
     of the time when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed
     or becomes effective or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended
     Prospectus has been filed and to furnish you with copies thereof; to advise
     you, promptly after it receives notice thereof, of the issuance by the
     Commission of any stop order or of any order preventing or suspending the
     use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus, of the suspension of the
     qualification of the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, of
     the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose, or of
     any request by the Commission for the amending or supplementing of the
     Registration Statement or Prospectus or for additional information; and, in
     the event of the issuance of any stop order or of any order preventing or
     suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or prospectus or
     suspending any such qualification, promptly to use its best efforts to
     obtain the withdrawal of such order;

          (b) Promptly from time to time to take such action as you may
     reasonably request to qualify the Shares for offering and sale under the
     securities laws of such jurisdictions as you may request and to comply with
     such laws so as to permit the continuance of sales and dealings therein in
     such jurisdictions for as long as may be necessary to complete the
     distribution of the Shares, provided that in connection therewith the
     Company shall not be required to qualify as a foreign corporation or to
     file a general consent to service of process in any jurisdiction;

          (c) Prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the New York Business
     Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement and from time to time, to
     furnish the Underwriters


                                       9
<PAGE>   10

     with copies of the Prospectus in New York City in such quantities as you
     may reasonably request, and, if the delivery of a prospectus is required at
     any time prior to the expiration of the earlier of nine months after the
     time of issue of the Prospectus in connection with the offering or sale of
     the Shares or the date the distribution of the Shares is completed, and if
     at such time any events shall have occurred as a result of which the
     Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include an untrue
     statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary
     in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
     under which they were made when such Prospectus is delivered, not
     misleading, or, if for any other reason it shall be necessary during such
     period to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the
     Act; to notify you and upon your request; to prepare and furnish without
     charge to each Underwriter and to any dealer in securities as many copies
     as you may from time to time reasonably request of an amended Prospectus or
     a supplement to the Prospectus which will correct such statement or
     omission or effect such compliance, and in case any Underwriter is required
     to deliver a prospectus in connection with sales of any of the Shares
     through the earlier of nine months or the date the distribution of the
     Shares is completed, upon your request but at the expense of such
     Underwriter, to prepare and deliver to such Underwriter as many copies as
     you may request of an amended or supplemented Prospectus complying with
     Section 10(a)(3) of the Act;

          (d) To make generally available to its securityholders as soon as
     practicable, but in any event not later than eighteen months after the
     effective date of the Registration Statement (as defined in Rule 158(c)
     under the Act), an earnings statement of the Company and its subsidiaries
     (which need not be audited) complying with Section 11(a) of the Act and the
     rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (including, at the
     option of the Company, Rule 158);

          (e) During the period beginning from the date hereof and continuing to
     and including the date 180 days after the date of the Prospectus, not to
     offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, except as provided
     hereunder, any securities of the Company that are substantially similar to
     the Shares, including but not limited to any securities that are
     convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to
     receive, Stock or any such substantially similar securities (other than
     pursuant to employee stock option plans and employee stock purchase plans
     existing on, or upon the conversion or exchange of convertible or
     exchangeable securities or the exercise of warrants outstanding as of, the
     date of this Agreement), without your prior written consent;

          (f) To furnish to its stockholders as soon as practicable after the
     end of each fiscal year an annual report (including a balance sheet and
     statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows of the Company
     and its consolidated subsidiaries certified by independent public
     accountants) and, as soon as practicable after the end of each of the first
     three quarters of each fiscal year (beginning with the fiscal quarter
     ending after the effective date of the Registration Statement), to make
     available to its stockholders consolidated summary financial information of
     the Company and its subsidiaries for such quarter in reasonable detail;

          (g) During a period of [five] years from the effective date of the
     Registration Statement, to furnish to you copies of all reports or other
     communications (financial or other) furnished to stockholders, and to
     deliver to you as soon as they are available, copies of any reports and
     financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission



                                       10
<PAGE>   11

     or any national securities exchange on which any class of securities of the
     Company is listed;

          (h) To use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Shares
     pursuant to this Agreement in the manner specified in the Prospectus under
     the caption "Use of Proceeds";

          (i) To use its best efforts to list for quotation the Shares on the
     Nasdaq National Market ("Nasdaq");

          (j) To file with the Commission such information on Form 10-Q of Form
     10-K as may be required by Rule 463 under the Act; and

          (k) If the Company elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Company shall
     file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance
     with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this
     Agreement, and the Company shall at the time of filing either pay to the
     Commission the filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or
     give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule
     111(b) under the Act.

     6. The Company and each of the Selling Stockholders covenant and agree with
one another and with the several Underwriters that (a) the Company will pay, and
such Selling Stockholder will cause to be paid by the Company, the following:
(i) the fees, disbursements and expenses of the Company's counsel and
accountants in connection with the registration of the Shares under the Act and
all other expenses in connection with the preparation, printing and filing of
the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus and
amendments and supplements thereto and the mailing and delivering of copies
thereof to the Underwriters and dealers; (ii) the cost of printing or producing
any Agreement among Underwriters, this Agreement, the Blue Sky Memorandum,
closing documents and any other documents in connection with the offering,
purchase, sale and delivery of the Shares; (iii) all expenses in connection with
the qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under state securities
laws as provided in Section 5(b) hereof, including the fees and disbursements of
counsel for the Underwriters in connection with such qualification and in
connection with the Blue Sky survey (iv) all fees and expenses in connection
with listing the Shares on Nasdaq and (v) the filing fees incident to securing
any required review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. of
the terms of the sale of the Shares; (vi) the cost of preparing stock
certificates; (vii) the cost and charges of any transfer agent or registrar and
(viii) all other costs and expenses incident to the performance of its
obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this
Section; and (b) such Selling Stockholder will pay or cause to be paid all costs
and expenses incident to the performance of such Selling Stockholder's
obligations hereunder which are not otherwise specifically provided for in this
Section, including (i) any fees and expenses of counsel for such Selling
Stockholder, (ii) such Selling Stockholder's pro rata share of the fees and
expenses of the Attorneys-in-Fact and the Custodian, and (iii) all expenses and
taxes incident to the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling
Stockholder to the Underwriters hereunder. It is understood, however, that the
Company shall bear, and the Selling Stockholders shall not be required to pay or
to reimburse the Company for the cost of any other matters not directly related
to the sale and purchase of the shares pursuant to this Agreement, and that
except as provided in this Section, and Sections 8 and 11 hereof, the
Underwriters will pay all of their own costs and expenses, including the fees of
their counsel, stock transfer taxes on resale of any of the Shares by them, and
any advertising expenses connected with any offers they may make.



                                       11
<PAGE>   12

     7. The obligations of the Underwriters hereunder, as to the Shares to be
delivered at each Time of Delivery, shall be subject, in their discretion, to
the condition that all representations and warranties and other statements of
the Company and of the Selling Stockholders herein are, at and as of such Time
of Delivery, true and correct, the condition that the Company and the Selling
Stockholders shall have performed all of its and their obligations hereunder
theretofore to be performed, and the following additional conditions:

          (a) The Prospectus shall have been filed with the Commission pursuant
     to Rule 424(b) within the applicable time period prescribed for such filing
     by the rules and regulations under the Act and in accordance with Section
     5(a) hereof; if the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Rule
     462(b) Registration Statement shall have become effective by 10:00 P.M.,
     Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement; no stop order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any part
     thereof shall have been issued and no proceeding for that purpose shall
     have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; and all requests for
     additional information on the part of the Commission shall have been
     complied with to your reasonable satisfaction;

          (b) Brobeck, Phleger & Harrison, LLP, counsel for the Underwriters,
     shall have furnished to you such written opinion or opinions (a draft of
     each such opinion is attached as Annex II(a) hereto), dated such Time of
     Delivery, with respect to the matters covered in paragraphs (i), (ii),
     (vii), (xi) and (xiii) of subsection (c) below as well as such other
     related matters as you may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have
     received such papers and information as they may reasonably request to
     enable them to pass upon such matters;

          (c) Wilson Sonsini Goodrich & Rosati, counsel for the Company, shall
     have furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of such opinion is
     attached as Annex II(b) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and
     substance satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

               (i) The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly
          existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State
          of Delaware with power and authority (corporate and other) to own its
          properties and conduct its business as described in the Prospectus;

               (ii) The Company has an authorized capitalization as set forth in
          the Prospectus, and all of the issued shares of capital stock of the
          Company (including the Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery
          have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid
          and non-assessable; and the Shares conform to the description of the
          Stock contained in the Prospectus;

               (iii) The Company has been duly qualified as a foreign
          corporation for the transaction of business and is in good standing
          under the laws of each other jurisdiction in which it owns or leases
          properties or conducts any business so as to require such
          qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not
          have a Material Adverse Effect (such counsel being entitled to rely in
          respect of the opinion in this clause upon opinions of local counsel
          and in respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers of the
          Company, provided that such counsel shall state that they believe that
          both you and they are justified in relying upon such opinions and
          certificates);

               (iv) Each subsidiary of the Company has been duly incorporated
          and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the
          laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation; and all of the issued
          shares of capital stock of each such subsidiary have been duly and
          validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable, and
          (except for directors' qualifying shares ) are owned directly or
          indirectly by the Company, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances,
          equities or claims (such counsel being entitled to rely in respect of
          the opinion in this clause upon opinions of local counsel and in
          respect of matters of fact upon certificates of officers of the
          Company or its subsidiaries, provided that such counsel shall state
          that they believe that both you and they are justified in relying upon
          such opinions and certificates);



                                       12
<PAGE>   13

               (v) The Company and its subsidiaries do not own any real
          property. Any real property and buildings held under lease by the
          Company and its subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting
          and enforceable leases with such exceptions as are not material and do
          not interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such
          property and buildings by the Company and its subsidiaries (in giving
          the opinion in this clause, such counsel may state that upon opinions
          of local counsel and abstracts, reports and policies of title
          companies rendered or issued at or subsequent to the time of
          acquisition of such property by the Company or its subsidiaries, upon
          opinions of counsel to the lessors of such property and, in respect of
          matters of fact, upon certificates of officers of the Company or its
          subsidiaries, provided that such counsel shall state that they believe
          that both you and they are justified in relying upon such opinions,
          abstracts, reports, policies and certificates);

               (vi) To such counsel's knowledge, there are no legal or
          governmental proceedings pending or threatened against the Company of
          a character required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or
          Prospectus by the Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission
          thereunder, other than those described therein;

               (vii) This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and
          delivered by the Company;

               (viii) The issue and sale of the Shares being delivered at such
          Time of Delivery to be sold by the Company and the compliance by the
          Company with all of the provisions of this Agreement and the
          consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not conflict
          with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or
          provisions of, or constitute a default under, any material agreement
          of the Company filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement
          pursuant to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, nor will such action result in
          any violation of the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation or
          By-laws of the Company or any statute or any order, rule or regulation
          known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency or body
          having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any
          of their properties which would have a Material Adverse Effect;

               (ix) No consent, approval, authorization, order, registration or
          qualification of or with any such court or governmental agency or body
          is required for the issue and sale of the Shares or the consummation
          by the Company of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement,
          except the registration under the Act of the Shares, and such
          consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or qualifications


                                       13
<PAGE>   14

          as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky laws in
          connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the
          Underwriters;

               (x) To such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of
          its subsidiaries is in violation of its Certificate of Incorporation
          or By-laws;

               (xi) The statements set forth in the Prospectus under the caption
          "Description of Capital Stock", insofar as they purport to constitute
          a summary of the terms of the Stock, are accurate, complete and fair
          in all material respects;

               (xii) The Company is not an "investment company", as such term is
          defined in the Investment Company Act; and

               (xiii) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
          further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Company prior
          to such Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements and
          related schedules and financial data therein, as to which such counsel
          need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material respects
          with the requirements of the Act and the rules and regulations
          thereunder; although they do not assume any responsibility for the
          accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements contained in the
          Registration Statement or the Prospectus, except for those referred to
          in the opinion in subsection (xi) of this Section 7(c), they have no
          reason to believe that, as of its effective date, the Registration
          Statement or any further amendment thereto made by the Company prior
          to such Time of Delivery (other than the financial statements and
          related schedules and financial data therein, as to which such counsel
          need express no opinion) contained an untrue statement of a material
          fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein
          or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that, as
          of its date, the Prospectus or any further amendment or supplement
          thereto made by the Company prior to such Time of Delivery (other than
          the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which
          such counsel need express no opinion) contained an untrue statement of
          a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary to make
          the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which
          they were made, not misleading or that, as of such Time of Delivery,
          either the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any further
          amendment or supplement thereto made by the Company prior to such Time
          of Delivery (other than the financial statements and related schedules
          and financial data therein, as to which such counsel need express no
          opinion) contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to
          state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the
          light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
          and they do not know of any amendment to the Registration Statement
          required to be filed or of any contracts or other documents of a
          character required to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration
          Statement or required to be described in the Registration Statement or
          the Prospectus which are not filed or described as required;

          (d) Fish & Richardson P.C., patent counsel for the Company, shall have
     furnished to you their written opinion (a draft of such opinion is attached
     as Annex II(c) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance
     satisfactory to you, to the effect that:




                                       14
<PAGE>   15

               (i) The Company is listed in the records of the United States
          Patent and Trademark Office as the holder of record of the patents
          listed on a schedule to such opinion (the "Patents") and each of the
          applications listed on a schedule to such opinion (the
          "Applications"). To the knowledge of such counsel, there are no claims
          of third parties to any ownership interest or lien with respect to any
          of the Patents or Applications. Such counsel is not aware of any
          material defect in form in the preparation or filing of the
          Applications on behalf of the Company. To the knowledge of such
          counsel, the Applications are being pursued by the Company. To the
          knowledge of such counsel, the Company owns as its sole property the
          Patents and pending Applications;

               (ii) The Company is listed in the records of the appropriate
          foreign offices as the sole holder of record of the foreign patents
          listed on a schedule to such opinion (the "Foreign Patents") and each
          of the applications listed on a schedule to such opinion (the "Foreign
          Applications"). Such counsel knows of no claims of third parties to
          any ownership interest or lien with respect to the Foreign Patents or
          Foreign Applications. Such counsel is not aware of any material defect
          of form in the preparation or filing of the Foreign Applications on
          behalf of the Company. To the knowledge of such counsel, the Foreign
          Applications are being pursued by the Company. To the knowledge of
          such counsel, the Company owns as its sole property the Foreign
          Patents and pending Foreign Applications;

               (iii) Such counsel knows of no reason why the Patents or Foreign
          Patents are not valid as issued. Such counsel has no knowledge of any
          reason why any patent to be issued as a result of any Application or
          Foreign Application would not be valid or would not afford the Company
          useful patent protection with respect thereto;

               (iv) As to the statements under the captions "Risk Factors -- We
          rely on our intellectual property rights and may be unable to protect
          those rights" and "Business -- Intellectual Property," nothing has
          come to the attention of such counsel which caused them to believe
          that the above-mentioned sections of the Registration Statement, at
          the time the Registration Statement became effective and at all times
          subsequent thereto up to and on the Closing Date and on any later date
          on which the Optional Shares are to be, as the case may be, the
          above-mentioned sections of the Registration Statement, Prospectus and
          any amendment or supplement thereto made available and reviewed by
          such counsel contained any untrue statement of a material fact or
          omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or
          necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
          circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and

               (v) Such counsel knows of no material action, suit, claim or
          proceeding relating to patents, patent rights or licenses, trademarks
          or trademark rights, copyrights, collaborative research, licenses or
          royalty arrangements or agreements or trade secrets, know-how or
          proprietary techniques, including processes and substances, owned by
          or affecting the business or operations of the Company which are
          pending or threatened against the Company or any of its officers or
          directors.


                                       15
<PAGE>   16

          (e) The respective counsel for each of the Selling Stockholders, as
     indicated in Schedule II hereto, each shall have furnished to you their
     written opinion with respect to each of the Selling Stockholders for whom
     they are acting as counsel (a draft of each such opinion is attached as
     Annex II(d) hereto), dated such Time of Delivery, in form and substance
     satisfactory to you, to the effect that:

               (i) A Power-of-Attorney and a Custody Agreement have been duly
          executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder and constitute
          valid and binding agreements of such Selling Stockholder in accordance
          with their terms;

               (ii) This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by or on
          behalf of such Selling Stockholder; and the sale of the Shares to be
          sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder and the compliance by such
          Selling Stockholder with all of the provisions of this Agreement, the
          Power-of-Attorney and the Custody Agreement and the consummation of
          the transactions herein and therein contemplated will not conflict
          with or result in any violation of the provisions of the Certificate
          of Incorporation or By-laws of such Selling Stockholder if such
          Selling Stockholder is a corporation, the Partnership Agreement of
          such Selling Stockholder if such Selling Stockholder is a partnership
          or, to such counsel's knowledge, any material statute, order, rule or
          regulation known to such counsel of any court or governmental agency
          or body having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder or the
          property of such Selling Stockholder, except in each case as would not
          adversely affect the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate
          the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

               (iii) To such counsel's knowledge, no consent, approval,
          authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is
          required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
          Agreement in connection with the Shares to be sold by such Selling
          Stockholder hereunder, except registration under the Act of the Shares
          and such consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations or
          qualifications as may be required under state securities or Blue Sky
          laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of such Shares
          by the Underwriters;

               (iv) To such counsel's knowledge, immediately prior to such Time
          of Delivery, such Selling Stockholder had good and valid title to the
          Shares to be sold at such Time of Delivery by such Selling Stockholder
          under this Agreement, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances,
          equities or claims, and full corporate right, power and authority to
          sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such
          Selling Stockholder hereunder; and

               (v) Good and valid title to such Shares, free and clear of all
          liens, encumbrances, equities or claims, will be transferred to each
          of the several Underwriters assuming that each such Underwriter
          purchases such Shares for value, in good faith and without notice of
          any such lien, encumbrance, equity or claim or any other adverse claim
          within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code.

         In rendering the opinion in paragraph (iv), such counsel may rely upon
a certificate of such Selling Stockholder in respect of matters of fact such
ownership of, and liens, encumbrances, equities or claims on, the Shares sold by
such Selling Stockholder, provided


                                       16
<PAGE>   17

that such counsel shall state that they believe that both you and they are
justified in relying upon such certificate;

          (f) On the date of the Prospectus at a time prior to the execution of
     this Agreement, at 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the effective date of
     any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement filed subsequent
     to the date of this Agreement and also at each Time of Delivery, Ernst &
     Young LLP shall have furnished to you a letter or letters, dated the
     respective dates of delivery thereof, in form and substance satisfactory to
     you, to the effect set forth in Annex I hereto (the executed copy of the
     letter delivered prior to the execution of this Agreement is attached as
     Annex I(a) hereto and a draft of the form of letter to be delivered on the
     effective date of any post-effective amendment to the Registration
     Statement and as of each Time of Delivery is attached as Annex I(b)
     hereto).

          (g) (i) Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries shall have
     sustained since the date of the latest audited financial statements
     included in the Prospectus any loss or interference with its business from
     fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by
     insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order
     or decree, otherwise than as set forth or contemplated in the Prospectus,
     and (ii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
     Prospectus there shall not have been any change in the capital stock, net
     current assets, stockholders' equity, net sales, net loss or long-term debt
     of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any change, or any development
     involving a prospective change, in or affecting the general affairs,
     management, financial position, stockholders' equity or results of
     operations of the Company and its subsidiaries, otherwise than as set forth
     or contemplated in the Prospectus, the effect of which, in any such case
     described in clause (i) or (ii), is in the reasonable judgment of the
     Representatives so material and adverse as to make it impracticable or
     inadvisable to proceed with the public offering or the delivery of the
     Shares being delivered at such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the
     manner contemplated in the Prospectus;

          (h) On or after the date hereof there shall not have occurred any of
     the following: (i) a suspension or material limitation in trading in
     securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange or ON Nasdaq; (ii) a
     suspension or material limitation in trading in the Company's securities on
     Nasdaq; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities
     declared by either Federal or New York or California State authorities; or
     (iv) the outbreak or escalation of hostilities involving the United States
     or the declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, if
     the effect of any such event specified in this clause (iv) in the judgment
     of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed
     with the public offering or the delivery of the Shares being delivered at
     such Time of Delivery on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the
     Prospectus;

          (i) The Shares at such Time of Delivery shall have been duly listed
     for quotation on Nasdaq;

          (j) The Company has obtained and delivered to the Underwriters
     executed copies of an agreement from each stockholder listed on Schedule
     III hereto substantially to the effect set forth in Subsection 1(b)(iv)
     hereof in form and substance satisfactory to you;



                                       17
<PAGE>   18

          (k) The Company shall have complied with the provisions of Section
     5(c) hereof with respect to the furnishing of prospectuses on the New York
     Business Day next succeeding the date of this Agreement; and

          (l) The Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished or
     caused to be furnished to you at such Time of Delivery certificates of
     officers of the Company and of the Selling Stockholders, respectively,
     satisfactory to you as to the accuracy of the representations and
     warranties of the Company and the Selling Stockholders, respectively,
     herein at and as of such Time of Delivery, as to the performance by the
     Company and the Selling Stockholders of all of their respective obligations
     hereunder to be performed at or prior to such Time of Delivery, and as to
     such other matters as you may reasonably request, and the Company shall
     have furnished or caused to be furnished certificates as to the matters set
     forth in subsections (a) and (f) of this Section.

     8. (a) The Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which
such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or otherwise, insofar as such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out
of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, or arise
out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a
material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements
therein not misleading, and will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal or
other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are
incurred; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable in any such
case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of
or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or
alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration Statement
or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon and in
conformity with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter
expressly for use therein.

     (b) Each of the Selling Stockholders, will indemnify and hold harmless each
Underwriter against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, to which such Underwriter may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to
the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information relating to such Selling Stockholder
furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein;
and each such Selling Stockholder will reimburse each Underwriter for any legal
or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Underwriter in connection with
investigating or defending any such action or claim as such expenses are
incurred; provided, however, that such Selling Stockholder shall not be liable
in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability
arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement
or omission or alleged omission made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in
reliance upon and in conformity


                                       18
<PAGE>   19

with written information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter expressly
for use therein; and further provided however, that the liability of a Selling
Stockholder pursuant to this subsection (b) shall not exceed the product of the
number of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discount of the Shares, as set forth in the
Prospectus.

     (c) Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company and each
Selling Stockholder against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which
the Company or such Selling Stockholder may become subject, under the Act or
otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged
untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, the
Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement
thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to
state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to
the extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission
or alleged omission was made in any Preliminary Prospectus, the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement in reliance upon
and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such
Underwriter expressly for use therein; and will reimburse the Company and each
Selling Stockholder for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the
Company or such Selling Stockholder in connection with investigating or
defending any such action or claim as such expenses are incurred.

     (d) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a),
(b) or (c) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have to
any indemnified party otherwise than under such subsection. In case any such
action shall be brought against any indemnified party and it shall notify the
indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party shall be
entitled to participate therein and, to the extent that it shall wish, jointly
with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense
thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party (who
shall not, except with the consent of the indemnified party, be counsel to the
indemnifying party), and, after notice from the indemnifying party to such
indemnified party of its election so to assume the defense thereof, the
indemnifying party shall not be liable to such indemnified party under such
subsection for any legal expenses of other counsel or any other expenses, in
each case subsequently incurred by such indemnified party, in connection with
the defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation. No
indemnifying party shall, without the written consent of the indemnified party,
effect the settlement or compromise of, or consent to the entry of any judgment
with respect to, any pending or threatened action or claim in respect of which
indemnification or contribution may be sought hereunder (whether or not the
indemnified party is an actual or potential party to such action or claim)
unless such settlement, compromise or judgment (i) includes an unconditional
release of the indemnified party from all liability arising out of such action
or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault,
culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

     (e) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to
or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under subsection (a), (b)
or (c) above in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) referred to therein, then each indemnifying party
shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified


                                       19
<PAGE>   20

party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in
respect thereof) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares. If, however,
the allocation provided by the immediately preceding sentence is not permitted
by applicable law or if the indemnified party failed to give the notice required
under (d) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount
paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate
to reflect not only such relative benefits but also the relative fault of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such
losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), as well
as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received
by the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the one hand and the Underwriters
on the other shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net
proceeds from the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company
and the Selling Stockholders bear to the total underwriting discounts and
commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table
on the cover page of the Prospectus. The relative fault shall be determined by
reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement
of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by the Company or the Selling Stockholders on
the one hand or the Underwriters on the other and the parties' relative intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
statement or omission. The Company, each of the Selling Stockholders and the
Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions
pursuant to this subsection (e) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if
the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other
method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to above in this subsection (e). The amount paid or payable by an
indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) referred to above in this subsection (e) shall be
deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action
or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this subsection (e), no Underwriter
shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the
total price at which the Shares underwritten by it and distributed to the public
were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such
Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or
alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission, and no Selling
Stockholder shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the product
of the number Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder and the initial public
offering price less the underwriting discount of the Shares, as set forth in the
Prospectus. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning
of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person
who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters'
obligations in this subsection (e) to contribute are several in proportion to
their respective underwriting obligations and not joint.

     (f) The obligations of the Company and the Selling Stockholders under this
Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company and the
respective Selling Stockholders may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the
same terms and conditions, to each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter
within the meaning of the Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under
this Section 8 shall be in addition to any liability which the respective
Underwriters may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and
conditions, to each officer and director of the Company (including any person
who, with his or her consent, is named in the Registration Statement as about to
become a director of the Company) and to



                                       20
<PAGE>   21

each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within
the meaning of the Act.

     9. (a) If any Underwriter shall default in its obligation to purchase the
Shares which it has agreed to purchase hereunder at a Time of Delivery, you may
in your discretion arrange for you or another party or other parties to purchase
such Shares on the terms contained herein. If within thirty-six hours after such
default by any Underwriter you do not arrange for the purchase of such Shares,
then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further
period of thirty-six hours within which to procure another party or other
parties reasonably satisfactory to you to purchase such Shares on such terms. In
the event that, within the respective prescribed periods, you notify the Company
and the Selling Stockholders that you have so arranged for the purchase of such
Shares, or the Company and the Selling Stockholders notify you that they have so
arranged for the purchase of such Shares, you or the Company and the Selling
Stockholders shall have the right to postpone a Time of Delivery for a period of
not more than seven days, in order to effect whatever changes may thereby be
made necessary in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or in any other
documents or arrangements, and the Company agrees to file promptly any
amendments to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus which in your opinion
may thereby be made necessary. The term "Underwriter" as used in this Agreement
shall include any person substituted under this Section with like effect as if
such person had originally been a party to this Agreement with respect to such
Shares.

     (b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the
Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and
the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate
number of such Shares which remains unpurchased does not exceed one-eleventh of
the aggregate number of all the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery,
then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require
each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares which such
Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder at such Time of Delivery and, in
addition, to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase its pro rata
share (based on the number of Shares which such Underwriter agreed to purchase
hereunder) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for
which such arrangements have not been made; but nothing herein shall relieve a
defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

     (c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the
Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by you and the Company and
the Selling Stockholders as provided in subsection (a) above, the aggregate
number of such Shares which remains unpurchased exceeds one-eleventh of the
aggregate number of all of the Shares to be purchased at such Time of Delivery,
or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right
described in subsection (b) above to require non-defaulting Underwriters to
purchase Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then this Agreement
(or, with respect to the Second Time of Delivery, the obligations of the
Underwriters to purchase and of the Selling Stockholders to sell the Optional
Shares) shall thereupon terminate, without liability on the part of any
non-defaulting Underwriter or the Company or the Selling Stockholders, except
for the expenses to be borne by the Company and the Selling Stockholders and the
Underwriters as provided in Section 6 hereof and the indemnity and contribution
agreements in Section 8 hereof; but nothing herein shall relieve a defaulting
Underwriter from liability for its default.

     10. The respective indemnities, agreements, representations, warranties and
other statements of the Company, the Selling Stockholders and the several
Underwriters, as set forth


                                       21
<PAGE>   22

in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of them, respectively, pursuant to
this Agreement, shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any
investigation (or any statement as to the results thereof) made by or on behalf
of any Underwriter or any controlling person of any Underwriter, or the Company,
or any of the Selling Stockholders, or any officer or director or controlling
person of the Company, or any controlling person of any Selling Stockholder, and
shall survive delivery of and payment for the Shares.

     11. If this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 9 hereof,
neither the Company nor the Selling Stockholders shall then be under any
liability to any Underwriter except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof; but,
if for any other reason any Shares are not delivered by or on behalf of the
Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided herein, the Company and each of
the Selling Stockholders pro rata (based on the number of Shares to be sold by
the Company and such Selling Stockholder hereunder) will reimburse the
Underwriters through you for all out-of-pocket expenses approved in writing by
you, including fees and disbursements of counsel, reasonably incurred by the
Underwriters in making preparations for the purchase, sale and delivery of the
Shares not so delivered, but the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall then
be under no further liability to any Underwriter in respect of the Shares not so
delivered except as provided in Sections 6 and 8 hereof.

     12. In all dealings hereunder, you shall act on behalf of each of the
Underwriters, and the parties hereto shall be entitled to act and rely upon any
statement, request, notice or agreement on behalf of any Underwriter made or
given by you jointly or by Goldman, Sachs & Co. on behalf of you as the
representatives; and in all dealings with any Selling Stockholder hereunder, you
and the Company shall be entitled to act and rely upon any statement, request,
notice or agreement on behalf of such Selling Stockholder made or given by any
or all of the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

     All statements, requests, notices and agreements hereunder shall be in
writing, and if to the Underwriters shall be delivered or sent by mail, telex or
facsimile transmission to you as the representatives in care of Goldman, Sachs &
Co., 32 Old Slip, 9th Floor, New York, New York 10005, Attention: Registration
Department; if to any Selling Stockholder shall be delivered or sent by mail,
telex or facsimile transmission to counsel for such Selling Stockholder at its
address set forth in Schedule II hereto; and if to the Company shall be
delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the address of the
Company set forth in the Registration Statement, Attention: Secretary; provided,
however, that any notice to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 8(d) hereof shall
be delivered or sent by mail, telex or facsimile transmission to such
Underwriter at its address set forth in its Underwriters' Questionnaire or telex
constituting such Questionnaire, which address will be supplied to the Company
or the Selling Stockholders by you on request. Any such statements, requests,
notices or agreements shall take effect upon receipt thereof.

     13. This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure solely to the benefit
of, the Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders and, to the
extent provided in Sections 8 and 10 hereof, the officers and directors of the
Company and each person who controls the Company, any Selling Stockholder or any
Underwriter, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors
and assigns, and no other person shall acquire or have any right under or by
virtue of this Agreement. No purchaser of any of the Shares from any Underwriter
shall be deemed a successor or assign by reason merely of such purchase.

     14. Time shall be of the essence of this Agreement. As used herein, the
term "business day" shall mean any day when the Commission's office in
Washington, D.C. is open for business.



                                       22
<PAGE>   23

     15. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

     16. This Agreement may be executed by any one or more of the parties hereto
in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original,
but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

     If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please sign and
return to us seven (7) counterparts hereof, and upon the acceptance hereof by
you, on behalf of each of the Underwriters, this letter and such acceptance
hereof shall constitute a binding agreement among each of the Underwriters, the
Company and each of the Selling Stockholders. It is understood that your
acceptance of this letter on behalf of each of the Underwriters is pursuant to
the authority set forth in a form of Agreement among Underwriters, the form of
which shall be submitted to the Company and the Selling Stockholders for
examination, upon request, but without warranty on your part as to the authority
of the signers thereof.


                                       23
<PAGE>   24

         Any person executing and delivering this Agreement as Attorney-in-Fact
for a Selling Stockholder represents by so doing that he has been duly appointed
as Attorney-in-Fact by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to a validly existing
and binding Power-of-Attorney which authorizes such Attorney-in-Fact to take
such action.


                                      Very truly yours,

                                      JUNIPER NETWORKS, INC.

                                      By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:

                                      [NAMES OF SELLING STOCKHOLDERS]

                                      By:
                                          --------------------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:
                                          As Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf
                                          of each of the Selling Stockholders
                                          named in Schedule II to this
                                          Agreement.

Accepted as of the date hereof at New York, New York:



Goldman, Sachs & Co.
BancBoston Robertson Stephens
Credit Suisse First Boston
Dain Rauscher Wessels


By:
    --------------------------------------
         (Goldman, Sachs & Co.)

    On behalf of each of the Underwriters



                                       24
<PAGE>   25


                                   SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  NUMBER OF OPTIONAL
                                                                                     SHARES TO BE
                                                             TOTAL NUMBER OF         PURCHASED IF
                                                               FIRM SHARES          MAXIMUM OPTION
                              UNDERWRITER                    TO BE PURCHASED           EXERCISED
<S>                                                         <C>                  <C>

Goldman, Sachs & Co.....................................
BancBoston Robertson Stephens
Credit Suisse First Boston
Dain Rauscher Wessels

[NAMES OF OTHER UNDERWRITERS]...........................


         Total..........................................
                                                            ==============           ==============

</TABLE>


<PAGE>   26

                                   SCHEDULE II

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                NUMBER OF OPTIONAL
                                                                                                   SHARES TO BE
                                                                           TOTAL NUMBER OF            SOLD IF
                                                                             FIRM SHARES          MAXIMUM OPTION
                                                                              TO BE SOLD             EXERCISED
<S>                                                                        <C>                 <C>
The Company........................................................

      The Selling Stockholder(s):...................................
              [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](A)......................
              [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](B)......................
              [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](C)......................
              [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](D)......................
              [NAME OF SELLING STOCKHOLDER](E)......................






         Total.....................................................
                                                                           =============            ============
</TABLE>


- ----------

(a) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and
has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of
them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

(b) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and
has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of
them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

(c) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and
has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of
them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

(d) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and
has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of
them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.

(e) This Selling Stockholder is represented by [NAME AND ADDRESS OF COUNSEL] and
has appointed [NAMES OF ATTORNEYS-IN-FACT (NOT LESS THAN TWO)], and each of
them, as the Attorneys-in-Fact for such Selling Stockholder.



<PAGE>   27


                                  SCHEDULE III



                               LOCK-UP AGREEMENTS

<PAGE>   28

                                                                         ANNEX I



                                    [FORM OF
                                 COMFORT LETTER]



<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1



               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

     We consent to the references to our firm under the captions "Selected
Consolidated Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our report dated
February 26, 1999, in Amendment No. 2 to the Registration Statement (Form S-1)
and related Prospectus of Juniper Networks, Inc. for the registration of shares
of its common stock.


                                       /s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Palo Alto, California
June 4, 1999

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.3


                  [INTERNATIONAL DATA CORPORATION LETTERHEAD]


                   CONSENT OF INTERNATIONAL DATA CORPORATION


We consent to the references to our company and to use of information contained
in our report "Global Market Forecast for Internet Usage and Commerce" in that
certain registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration Statement No.
333-76681), including all amendments thereto and all related prospectuses, filed
by Juniper Networks, Inc. for an offering of shares of Common Stock of Juniper
Networks, Inc. for which Goldman, Sachs & Co. is acting as a representative of
the several underwriters.


Framingham, MA
6/2/99


/s/ ALEXA McCLOUGHAN
- ---------------------
Alexa McCloughan
Senior Vice President

<PAGE>   1
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.4


             [RHK TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDUSTRY ANALYSIS LETTERHEAD]


                      CONSENT OF RYAN, HANKIN, KENT, INC.


We consent to the references to our company and to use of information contained
in our report CORE SWITCHING AND ROUTING, MARKETS AND TECHNOLOGY, dated April
1999 in that certain registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration Statement
No. 333-76681), including all amendments thereto and all related prospectuses
and associated materials, filed by Juniper Networks, Inc. for an offering of
shares of Common Stock of Juniper Networks, Inc. for which Goldman, Sachs & Co.
is acting as a representative of the several underwriters.

This authorization is effective through September 30, 1999.


/s/ Linda W. Seale
- --------------------------
Linda W. Seale
CEO
RHK

3 June 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission